12PMECC101 APPLIED MATHEMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To develop analytical skills for solving different engineering problems

To solve problems using Matrices and Random processes

To solve problems by applying differential calculus

UNIT ndash I ADVANCED MATRIX THEORY

Matrix norms ndash Jordan canonical form ndash Generalized eigenvectors ndash Singular value decomposition ndash

Pseudo inverse ndash Least square approximations ndash QR algorithm

UNIT ndash II CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS

Variation and its properties ndash Eulerrsquos equation ndash Functional dependent on first and higher order

derivatives ndash Functional dependent on functions of several independent variables ndash Some applications ndash

Direct methods Ritz and Kantorovich methods

UNIT ndash III LINEAR PROGRAMMING

Basic concepts ndash Graphical and Simplex methods ndash Transportation problem ndash Assignment problem

UNIT ndash IV Z ndash TRANSFORMS

Transform of standard functions ndash Convolution ndash Initial and Final value problems ndash Shifting Theorem ndash

Inverse transform (Using Partial Fraction ndash Residues) ndash Solution of difference Equations using Z ndash

Transform

UNIT ndash V RANDOM PROCESSES

Classification ndash Stationary random processes ndash Auto Correlation ndash Cross Correlations ndash Power spectral

density ndash Linear system with random input ndash Gaussian Process

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication

1 Venkataraman MK Higher Mathematics

for Engineering amp

Science (3rd

Edition)

National Publishing

Company New

Delhi

2004

2 Gupta PKand Hira

DS Operations Research (2

nd Edition)

SChand amp Co

New Delhi 2005

3 TVeerarajan Mathematics ndash III (2

nd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2000

REFERENCES BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication

1 Bronson R Matrix Operations

(2nd

Edition)

Schaums outline

Series McGraw

Hill New York

2005

2 Elsgoltis Differential Equations

and Calculus of

Variations (3rd

Edition)

MIR Publishers

Moscow

2004

3 GuptaAS Calculus of Variations

with Applications (4th

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi

2005

WEBSITES

httpenwikipediaorgwikiMatrix_(mathematics)

httpenwikipediaorgwikiZ-transform

httpwwwpurplemathcommoduleslinproghtm

httpenwikipediaorgwikiLinear_programming

httpenwikipediaorgwikiAutocorrelation

12PMECS101 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To do an advanced study of the Instruction Set Architecture Instruction Level

Parallelism with hardware and software approaches Memory and IO systems and

different multiprocessor architectures with an analysis of their performance

To study the ISA design instruction pipelining and performance related issues

To do a detailed study of ILP with dynamic approaches

To do a detailed study of ILP with software approaches

To study the different multiprocessor architectures and related issues

To study the Memory and IO systems and their performance issues

UNIT-I FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER DESIGN

Measuring and Reporting performance ndash Quantitative principles of computer Design ndash Classifying

instruction set Architecture ndash Memory addressing ndash Addressing modes ndash Type and size of operands ndash

Operations in the instruction set ndash Operands and operations for media and signal processing ndash Instructions

for control flow ndash Encoding and instruction set ndash Example Architecture ndash MIPS and TM32

UNIT- II INSTRUCTION LEVEL PARALLELISM

Pipelining and Hazards ndash Concepts of ILP ndash Dynamic scheduling ndash Dynamic Hardware prediction ndash

Multiple issues ndash Hardware based speculation ndash Limitations of ILP ndash Case studies lP6 Micro architecture

UNITndash III INSTRUCTION LEVEL PARALLELISM WITH SOFTWARE APPROACHES

Compiler techniques for exposing ILP ndash Static branch prediction ndash Static multiple issue VLIW ndash

Advanced compiler support ndash Hardware support for exposing parallelism ndash Hardware Vs software

speculation Mechanism ndash IA 64 and Itanium Processor

UNIT- IV MEMORY AND IO

Cache performance ndash Reducing cache miss penalty and miss rate ndash Reducing hit time ndash Main memory and

performance ndash Memory technology ndash Types of storage devices ndash Buses ndash RAID ndash Reliability availability

and dependability ndash IO performance measures ndash Designing IO system

UNIT -V MULTIPROCESSORS AND THREAD LEVEL PARALLELISM

Symmetric and distributed shared memory architectures ndash Performance issues ndash Synchronization ndash

Models of memory consistency ndash Multithreading

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 John L Hennessey and

David A Patterson Computer Architecture

A Quantitative

Approach (3rd

Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication

1 Sima D FountainT

and KacsukP Advanced Computer

Architectures A Design

Space Approach (2

nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2005

2 Kai Hwang Advanced computer

architecture Parallelism

Scalability

Programmability (3rd

Edition)

Tata McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2004

3 Vincent PHeuring

Harry FJordan Computer System

Design and

Architecture (2nd

Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

2004

WEBSITES

httpwwwwebopediacomquick_refOSI_Layersasp

httpwwwyaleedupcltCOMMTCPIPHTM

httpwwweastaughsfsnetcoukcpustructure-aluhtm

httpe-articlesinfoeatitleTypes-of-

Memorywwwcomptechdocorghardwarepcbeginhwmemoryhtml

12PMECS102 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide an in-depth knowledge in problem solving techniques and data structures

To learn the systematic way of solving problems

To understand the different methods of organizing large amounts of data

To learn to program in C

To efficiently implement the different data structures

To efficiently implement solutions for specific problems

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Basic concepts of OOPs ndash Templates - Algorithm Analysis ndash ADT ndash List (Singly Doubly and Circular)

Implementation ndash Array Pointer Cursor Implementation

UNIT ndash II BASIC DATA STRUCTURES

Stacks and Queues ndash ADT Implementation and Applications ndash Trees ndash General Binary Binary Search

Expression Search AVL Splay B-Trees ndash Implementations ndash Tree Traversals

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication

1 Venkataraman MK Higher Mathematics

for Engineering amp

Science (3rd

Edition)

National Publishing

Company New

Delhi

2004

2 Gupta PKand Hira

DS Operations Research (2

nd Edition)

SChand amp Co

New Delhi 2005

3 TVeerarajan Mathematics ndash III (2

nd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2000

REFERENCES BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication

1 Bronson R Matrix Operations

(2nd

Edition)

Schaums outline

Series McGraw

Hill New York

2005

2 Elsgoltis Differential Equations

and Calculus of

Variations (3rd

Edition)

MIR Publishers

Moscow

2004

3 GuptaAS Calculus of Variations

with Applications (4th

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi

2005

WEBSITES

httpenwikipediaorgwikiMatrix_(mathematics)

httpenwikipediaorgwikiZ-transform

httpwwwpurplemathcommoduleslinproghtm

httpenwikipediaorgwikiLinear_programming

httpenwikipediaorgwikiAutocorrelation

12PMECS101 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To do an advanced study of the Instruction Set Architecture Instruction Level

Parallelism with hardware and software approaches Memory and IO systems and

different multiprocessor architectures with an analysis of their performance

To study the ISA design instruction pipelining and performance related issues

To do a detailed study of ILP with dynamic approaches

To do a detailed study of ILP with software approaches

To study the different multiprocessor architectures and related issues

To study the Memory and IO systems and their performance issues

UNIT-I FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER DESIGN

Measuring and Reporting performance ndash Quantitative principles of computer Design ndash Classifying

instruction set Architecture ndash Memory addressing ndash Addressing modes ndash Type and size of operands ndash

Operations in the instruction set ndash Operands and operations for media and signal processing ndash Instructions

for control flow ndash Encoding and instruction set ndash Example Architecture ndash MIPS and TM32

UNIT- II INSTRUCTION LEVEL PARALLELISM

Pipelining and Hazards ndash Concepts of ILP ndash Dynamic scheduling ndash Dynamic Hardware prediction ndash

Multiple issues ndash Hardware based speculation ndash Limitations of ILP ndash Case studies lP6 Micro architecture

UNITndash III INSTRUCTION LEVEL PARALLELISM WITH SOFTWARE APPROACHES

Compiler techniques for exposing ILP ndash Static branch prediction ndash Static multiple issue VLIW ndash

Advanced compiler support ndash Hardware support for exposing parallelism ndash Hardware Vs software

speculation Mechanism ndash IA 64 and Itanium Processor

UNIT- IV MEMORY AND IO

Cache performance ndash Reducing cache miss penalty and miss rate ndash Reducing hit time ndash Main memory and

performance ndash Memory technology ndash Types of storage devices ndash Buses ndash RAID ndash Reliability availability

and dependability ndash IO performance measures ndash Designing IO system

UNIT -V MULTIPROCESSORS AND THREAD LEVEL PARALLELISM

Symmetric and distributed shared memory architectures ndash Performance issues ndash Synchronization ndash

Models of memory consistency ndash Multithreading

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 John L Hennessey and

David A Patterson Computer Architecture

A Quantitative

Approach (3rd

Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication

1 Sima D FountainT

and KacsukP Advanced Computer

Architectures A Design

Space Approach (2

nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2005

2 Kai Hwang Advanced computer

architecture Parallelism

Scalability

Programmability (3rd

Edition)

Tata McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2004

3 Vincent PHeuring

Harry FJordan Computer System

Design and

Architecture (2nd

Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

2004

WEBSITES

httpwwwwebopediacomquick_refOSI_Layersasp

httpwwwyaleedupcltCOMMTCPIPHTM

httpwwweastaughsfsnetcoukcpustructure-aluhtm

httpe-articlesinfoeatitleTypes-of-

Memorywwwcomptechdocorghardwarepcbeginhwmemoryhtml

12PMECS102 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide an in-depth knowledge in problem solving techniques and data structures

To learn the systematic way of solving problems

To understand the different methods of organizing large amounts of data

To learn to program in C

To efficiently implement the different data structures

To efficiently implement solutions for specific problems

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Basic concepts of OOPs ndash Templates - Algorithm Analysis ndash ADT ndash List (Singly Doubly and Circular)

Implementation ndash Array Pointer Cursor Implementation

UNIT ndash II BASIC DATA STRUCTURES

Stacks and Queues ndash ADT Implementation and Applications ndash Trees ndash General Binary Binary Search

Expression Search AVL Splay B-Trees ndash Implementations ndash Tree Traversals

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES

12PMECS101 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To do an advanced study of the Instruction Set Architecture Instruction Level

Parallelism with hardware and software approaches Memory and IO systems and

different multiprocessor architectures with an analysis of their performance

To study the ISA design instruction pipelining and performance related issues

To do a detailed study of ILP with dynamic approaches

To do a detailed study of ILP with software approaches

To study the different multiprocessor architectures and related issues

To study the Memory and IO systems and their performance issues

UNIT-I FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER DESIGN

Measuring and Reporting performance ndash Quantitative principles of computer Design ndash Classifying

instruction set Architecture ndash Memory addressing ndash Addressing modes ndash Type and size of operands ndash

Operations in the instruction set ndash Operands and operations for media and signal processing ndash Instructions

for control flow ndash Encoding and instruction set ndash Example Architecture ndash MIPS and TM32

UNIT- II INSTRUCTION LEVEL PARALLELISM

Pipelining and Hazards ndash Concepts of ILP ndash Dynamic scheduling ndash Dynamic Hardware prediction ndash

Multiple issues ndash Hardware based speculation ndash Limitations of ILP ndash Case studies lP6 Micro architecture

UNITndash III INSTRUCTION LEVEL PARALLELISM WITH SOFTWARE APPROACHES

Compiler techniques for exposing ILP ndash Static branch prediction ndash Static multiple issue VLIW ndash

Advanced compiler support ndash Hardware support for exposing parallelism ndash Hardware Vs software

speculation Mechanism ndash IA 64 and Itanium Processor

UNIT- IV MEMORY AND IO

Cache performance ndash Reducing cache miss penalty and miss rate ndash Reducing hit time ndash Main memory and

performance ndash Memory technology ndash Types of storage devices ndash Buses ndash RAID ndash Reliability availability

and dependability ndash IO performance measures ndash Designing IO system

UNIT -V MULTIPROCESSORS AND THREAD LEVEL PARALLELISM

Symmetric and distributed shared memory architectures ndash Performance issues ndash Synchronization ndash

Models of memory consistency ndash Multithreading

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 John L Hennessey and

David A Patterson Computer Architecture

A Quantitative

Approach (3rd

Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication

1 Sima D FountainT

and KacsukP Advanced Computer

Architectures A Design

Space Approach (2

nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2005

2 Kai Hwang Advanced computer

architecture Parallelism

Scalability

Programmability (3rd

Edition)

Tata McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2004

3 Vincent PHeuring

Harry FJordan Computer System

Design and

Architecture (2nd

Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

2004

WEBSITES

httpwwwwebopediacomquick_refOSI_Layersasp

httpwwwyaleedupcltCOMMTCPIPHTM

httpwwweastaughsfsnetcoukcpustructure-aluhtm

httpe-articlesinfoeatitleTypes-of-

Memorywwwcomptechdocorghardwarepcbeginhwmemoryhtml

12PMECS102 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide an in-depth knowledge in problem solving techniques and data structures

To learn the systematic way of solving problems

To understand the different methods of organizing large amounts of data

To learn to program in C

To efficiently implement the different data structures

To efficiently implement solutions for specific problems

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Basic concepts of OOPs ndash Templates - Algorithm Analysis ndash ADT ndash List (Singly Doubly and Circular)

Implementation ndash Array Pointer Cursor Implementation

UNIT ndash II BASIC DATA STRUCTURES

Stacks and Queues ndash ADT Implementation and Applications ndash Trees ndash General Binary Binary Search

Expression Search AVL Splay B-Trees ndash Implementations ndash Tree Traversals

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES

Cache performance ndash Reducing cache miss penalty and miss rate ndash Reducing hit time ndash Main memory and

performance ndash Memory technology ndash Types of storage devices ndash Buses ndash RAID ndash Reliability availability

and dependability ndash IO performance measures ndash Designing IO system

UNIT -V MULTIPROCESSORS AND THREAD LEVEL PARALLELISM

Symmetric and distributed shared memory architectures ndash Performance issues ndash Synchronization ndash

Models of memory consistency ndash Multithreading

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 John L Hennessey and

David A Patterson Computer Architecture

A Quantitative

Approach (3rd

Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication

1 Sima D FountainT

and KacsukP Advanced Computer

Architectures A Design

Space Approach (2

nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2005

2 Kai Hwang Advanced computer

architecture Parallelism

Scalability

Programmability (3rd

Edition)

Tata McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2004

3 Vincent PHeuring

Harry FJordan Computer System

Design and

Architecture (2nd

Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

2004

WEBSITES

httpwwwwebopediacomquick_refOSI_Layersasp

httpwwwyaleedupcltCOMMTCPIPHTM

httpwwweastaughsfsnetcoukcpustructure-aluhtm

httpe-articlesinfoeatitleTypes-of-

Memorywwwcomptechdocorghardwarepcbeginhwmemoryhtml

12PMECS102 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide an in-depth knowledge in problem solving techniques and data structures

To learn the systematic way of solving problems

To understand the different methods of organizing large amounts of data

To learn to program in C

To efficiently implement the different data structures

To efficiently implement solutions for specific problems

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Basic concepts of OOPs ndash Templates - Algorithm Analysis ndash ADT ndash List (Singly Doubly and Circular)

Implementation ndash Array Pointer Cursor Implementation

UNIT ndash II BASIC DATA STRUCTURES

Stacks and Queues ndash ADT Implementation and Applications ndash Trees ndash General Binary Binary Search

Expression Search AVL Splay B-Trees ndash Implementations ndash Tree Traversals

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES

httpwwwwebopediacomquick_refOSI_Layersasp

httpwwwyaleedupcltCOMMTCPIPHTM

httpwwweastaughsfsnetcoukcpustructure-aluhtm

httpe-articlesinfoeatitleTypes-of-

Memorywwwcomptechdocorghardwarepcbeginhwmemoryhtml

12PMECS102 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide an in-depth knowledge in problem solving techniques and data structures

To learn the systematic way of solving problems

To understand the different methods of organizing large amounts of data

To learn to program in C

To efficiently implement the different data structures

To efficiently implement solutions for specific problems

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Basic concepts of OOPs ndash Templates - Algorithm Analysis ndash ADT ndash List (Singly Doubly and Circular)

Implementation ndash Array Pointer Cursor Implementation

UNIT ndash II BASIC DATA STRUCTURES

Stacks and Queues ndash ADT Implementation and Applications ndash Trees ndash General Binary Binary Search

Expression Search AVL Splay B-Trees ndash Implementations ndash Tree Traversals

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES

Set ndash Implementation ndash Basic operations on set ndash Priority Queue ndash Implementation - Graphs ndash Directed

Graphs ndash Shortest Path Problem ndash Undirected Graph ndash Spanning Trees ndash Graph Traversals

UNIT ndash IV MEMORY MANAGEMENT

Issues ndash Managing Equal Sized Blocks ndash Garbage Collection Algorithms for Equal Sized Blocks ndash

Storage Allocation for Objects with Mixed Sizes ndash Buddy Systems ndash Storage Compaction

UNIT ndash V SEARCHING SORTING AND DESIGN TECHNIQUES

Searching Techniques ndash Sorting ndash Internal Sorting ndash Bubble Sort Insertion Sort Quick Sort Heap Sort

Bin Sort Radix Sort ndash External Sorting ndash Merge Sort Multi-way Merge Sort Polyphase Sorting ndash Design

Techniques ndash Divide and Conquer ndash Dynamic Programming ndash Greedy Algorithm ndash Backtracking ndash Local

Search Algorithms

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Mark Allen Weiss Data Structures and Algorithm

Analysis in C++ (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

New York 2002

2 AhoHopcroft

Ullman Data Structures and Algorithms

(3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication

1 Horowitz Sahni

Rajasekaran Computer Algorithms (4

th Edition)

Galgotia 2002

2 Tanenbaum AS

Langram Y

Augestien MJ

Data Structures using C amp

C++ (2nd

Edition) Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

WEBSITES

httpwwwclcamacukteaching2001DSAlgsdsapdf

httpwwwbrpreisscombooksopus4publicfrontpdf

httpmathhwsedueckcs327

httpwwwmpi-infmpgde~mehlhornToolboxhtml

httpwwwslidesharenetbgjeecoursebasic-datastructuresv11

12PMECS111 DATA STRUCTURES LABORATORY

1 Implementation of Singly Doubly and Circular linked list

2 Implementation of Multistack in a Single Array

3 Implementation of Circular Queue

4 Implementation of Binary Search trees

5 Implementation of Hash table

6 Implementation of Heaps

7 Implementation of AVL Rotations

8 Implementation of Breadth First Search Techniques

WEBSITES

httpwwwclcamacukteaching2001DSAlgsdsapdf

httpwwwbrpreisscombooksopus4publicfrontpdf

httpmathhwsedueckcs327

httpwwwmpi-infmpgde~mehlhornToolboxhtml

httpwwwslidesharenetbgjeecoursebasic-datastructuresv11

12PMECS111 DATA STRUCTURES LABORATORY

1 Implementation of Singly Doubly and Circular linked list

2 Implementation of Multistack in a Single Array

3 Implementation of Circular Queue

4 Implementation of Binary Search trees

5 Implementation of Hash table

6 Implementation of Heaps

7 Implementation of AVL Rotations

8 Implementation of Breadth First Search Techniques

9 Implementation of Depth First Search Techniques

10 Implementation of Primrsquos Algorithm

11 Implementation of Dijkstrarsquos Algorithm

12 Implementation of Kruskalrsquos Algorithm

13 Implementation of Searching Techniques

14Implementation of Sorting Techniques

SEMESTER - II

12PMECS201 OPERATING SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a thorough knowledge of processes scheduling concepts memory

management IO and file systems in an operating system

To have an overview of different types of operating systems

To know the components of an operating system

To have a thorough knowledge of process management

To have a thorough knowledge of storage management

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Main frame Systems Desktop Systems ndash Multiprocessor Systems ndash Distributed Systems ndash Clustered

Systems ndash Real Time systems ndash Hand held Systems Operating Systems Structures System Components ndash

Operating System Services ndash System calls ndash System Programs ndash System Design and Implementation ndash

CPU scheduling Basic Concepts ndash Scheduling Algorithms

UNIT ndash II PROCESS MANAGEMENT

Process Concepts ndash Process Scheduling ndash Operation on Process ndash Co-Operating process ndash Inter Process

Communication ndash Threads Multithreading Models ndash Process Synchronization The Critical Section

Problem ndash Synchronization Hardware ndash Semaphores ndash classical problem of Synchronization ndash Monitors ndash

Deadlock Deadlock Characterization ndash Methods for handling Deadlocks ndash Deadlock Prevention ndash

Deadlock Avoidance ndash Deadlock Detection ndash Recovery from Deadlock

UNIT ndash III MEMORY MANAGEMENT

Background ndash Swapping ndash Contiguous Memory Allocation ndash Paging ndash Segmentation ndash Segmentation with

paging ndash Virtual Memory ndash Demand paging ndash Page Replacement ndash Thrashing

UNIT ndash IV FILE SYSTEMS

File Concepts ndash Access methods ndash Directory Structure ndash File Protection ndash File System Implementation ndash

File System Structure and Implementation ndash Directory Implementation ndash Allocation methods Free Space

Management ndash Recovery ndash Disk Structure ndash Disk Scheduling

UNIT ndash V DISTRIBUTED OPERATING SYSTEM

Design issues in distributed operating system ndash Distributed file systems ndash Naming and Transparency ndash

Remote File Access ndash Stateful versus Stateless service ndash Distributed Coordination ndash Event Ordering ndash

Mutual Exclusion ndash Atomicity ndash Concurrency Control ndash Deadlock Handling ndash Election Algorithms ndash

Case Study ndash Linux

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Silberschatz

Galvin Gagne Operating System

Concepts (6th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Pradeep KSinha Distributed OS

concepts and Design

(3rd

Edition)

IEEE computer

Society Press PHI

New York

2005

2 Andrew S

Tanenbaum Modern Operating

Systems (2nd

Edition) PHI New York 2002

3 Achut SGodbole

and Kahate Atul Operating Systems amp

Systems Programming

(3rd

Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2003

4 Charles Crowley Operating systems A

Design Oriented

Approach (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2002

WEBSITES

httpwwwiuhiono~markos

httppeoplesunyitedu~senguptaCS330Chapter02ppt

httpuvaulbacbecit_coursewareopsysostarthtm

httpwwwuoweduau~nabgABCC3pdf

httpwwwcsnchuedutw~hwtsengOSospdf

12PMECS202 COMPUTER NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Main frame Systems Desktop Systems ndash Multiprocessor Systems ndash Distributed Systems ndash Clustered

Systems ndash Real Time systems ndash Hand held Systems Operating Systems Structures System Components ndash

Operating System Services ndash System calls ndash System Programs ndash System Design and Implementation ndash

CPU scheduling Basic Concepts ndash Scheduling Algorithms

UNIT ndash II PROCESS MANAGEMENT

Process Concepts ndash Process Scheduling ndash Operation on Process ndash Co-Operating process ndash Inter Process

Communication ndash Threads Multithreading Models ndash Process Synchronization The Critical Section

Problem ndash Synchronization Hardware ndash Semaphores ndash classical problem of Synchronization ndash Monitors ndash

Deadlock Deadlock Characterization ndash Methods for handling Deadlocks ndash Deadlock Prevention ndash

Deadlock Avoidance ndash Deadlock Detection ndash Recovery from Deadlock

UNIT ndash III MEMORY MANAGEMENT

Background ndash Swapping ndash Contiguous Memory Allocation ndash Paging ndash Segmentation ndash Segmentation with

paging ndash Virtual Memory ndash Demand paging ndash Page Replacement ndash Thrashing

UNIT ndash IV FILE SYSTEMS

File Concepts ndash Access methods ndash Directory Structure ndash File Protection ndash File System Implementation ndash

File System Structure and Implementation ndash Directory Implementation ndash Allocation methods Free Space

Management ndash Recovery ndash Disk Structure ndash Disk Scheduling

UNIT ndash V DISTRIBUTED OPERATING SYSTEM

Design issues in distributed operating system ndash Distributed file systems ndash Naming and Transparency ndash

Remote File Access ndash Stateful versus Stateless service ndash Distributed Coordination ndash Event Ordering ndash

Mutual Exclusion ndash Atomicity ndash Concurrency Control ndash Deadlock Handling ndash Election Algorithms ndash

Case Study ndash Linux

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Silberschatz

Galvin Gagne Operating System

Concepts (6th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Pradeep KSinha Distributed OS

concepts and Design

(3rd

Edition)

IEEE computer

Society Press PHI

New York

2005

2 Andrew S

Tanenbaum Modern Operating

Systems (2nd

Edition) PHI New York 2002

3 Achut SGodbole

and Kahate Atul Operating Systems amp

Systems Programming

(3rd

Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2003

4 Charles Crowley Operating systems A

Design Oriented

Approach (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2002

WEBSITES

httpwwwiuhiono~markos

httppeoplesunyitedu~senguptaCS330Chapter02ppt

httpuvaulbacbecit_coursewareopsysostarthtm

httpwwwuoweduau~nabgABCC3pdf

httpwwwcsnchuedutw~hwtsengOSospdf

12PMECS202 COMPUTER NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Pradeep KSinha Distributed OS

concepts and Design

(3rd

Edition)

IEEE computer

Society Press PHI

New York

2005

2 Andrew S

Tanenbaum Modern Operating

Systems (2nd

Edition) PHI New York 2002

3 Achut SGodbole

and Kahate Atul Operating Systems amp

Systems Programming

(3rd

Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2003

4 Charles Crowley Operating systems A

Design Oriented

Approach (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2002

WEBSITES

httpwwwiuhiono~markos

httppeoplesunyitedu~senguptaCS330Chapter02ppt

httpuvaulbacbecit_coursewareopsysostarthtm

httpwwwuoweduau~nabgABCC3pdf

httpwwwcsnchuedutw~hwtsengOSospdf

12PMECS202 COMPUTER NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce the concepts terminologies and technologies used in modern days data

communication and computer networking To understand the concepts of data communications To study the functions of different layers To introduce IEEE standards employed in computer networking To make the students to get familiarized with different protocols and network components

UNIT ndash I NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

Layering and protocols ndash OSI Architecture ndash Internet Architecture ndash Link and Medium Access protocols ndash

Framing ndash Error Detection ndash reliable Transmission ndash IEEE 802 Standards ndash Ethernet ndash Token Rings ndash

Wireless ndash Network Adapters

UNIT ndash II NETWORK LAYER

Circuit Switching ndash Packet Switching ndash Switching and Forwarding ndash Bridges and LAN Switches ndash Cell

Switching ndash Inter networking ndash Routing ndash Global Internet ndash Multicast

UNIT ndash III TRANSPORT LAYER

UDP ndash TCP ndash Remote Procedure Call ndash Performance ndash Congestion Control and Resource Allocation ndash

TCP Congestion Control ndash Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms ndash Quality of Service Bandwidth ndash Delay ndash

Jitter

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY AND APPLICATION

Cryptographic Algorithms ndash DES ndash RSA ndash MD5 ndash Security Mechanisms ndash Fire Walls ndash Name Service ndash

Traditional Applications ndash SMTP ndash HTTP ndash Multimedia Application ndash RTP ndash RTCP ndash SCTP

UNIT ndash V NETWORK MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Network Monitoring ndash Network Control ndash SNMPV I Network Management Concepts ndash

Information ndash Standard MIBS

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Larry LPeterson

and Brule SDavie Computer Networks ndash

A System Approach

(2nd

Edition)

MarGankangmann ndash

Harcourt Asia 2002

2 William Stallings SNMP SNMP V2

SNMPV3 RMON 1

and 2 (3rd Editio)

Addison Wesley 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Kurose JF and

KW Ross Computer Networking

ndash A top ndash down

approach featuring the

internet (2nd

Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

2001

2 William Stallings Data amp Computer

Communication (6th Edition)

Pearson Education

New York

2002

3 Mani Subramanian Network Management

Principles and Practice

(3rd

Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

2004

WEBSITES

httpwwwmcmcsecomciscoguidesosishtml

httpf1tutorialscomTutorialsNetworkcomputer_networkhtml

httpwwwcseiitkacinusersdheerajcs425

httpenwikipediaorgwikiIEEE_802

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNetwork_management

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Larry LPeterson

and Brule SDavie Computer Networks ndash

A System Approach

(2nd

Edition)

MarGankangmann ndash

Harcourt Asia 2002

2 William Stallings SNMP SNMP V2

SNMPV3 RMON 1

and 2 (3rd Editio)

Addison Wesley 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Kurose JF and

KW Ross Computer Networking

ndash A top ndash down

approach featuring the

internet (2nd

Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

2001

2 William Stallings Data amp Computer

Communication (6th Edition)

Pearson Education

New York

2002

3 Mani Subramanian Network Management

Principles and Practice

(3rd

Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

2004

WEBSITES

httpwwwmcmcsecomciscoguidesosishtml

httpf1tutorialscomTutorialsNetworkcomputer_networkhtml

httpwwwcseiitkacinusersdheerajcs425

httpenwikipediaorgwikiIEEE_802

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNetwork_management

12PMECS203 COMPILER DESIGN

INTENDED OUTCOMES

At the end of the course the student will be able to design and implement a simple

compiler

To understand design and implement a lexical analyzer To understand design and implement a parser To understand design code generation schemes To understand optimization of codes and runtime environment

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Basic concepts ndash Grammar ndash Language ndash Parts of a compiler ndash Grouping of phases ndash Compiler

construction tools

UNIT ndash II LEXICAL ANALYZER

Role of a lexical analyzer ndash Input buffering ndash Specification and recognition of tokens ndash Finite automata ndash

Regular expression to finite automation ndash Optimization of DFA-based pattern matchers ndash Use of a tool for

generating lexical analyzer

UNIT ndash III SYNTAX ANALYZER

Role of a parser ndash Context-free grammars ndash Top-down parsing ndash Bottom-up parsing ndash Use of a tool to

generate parsers

UNIT ndash IV INTERMEDIATE CODE GENERATION

Intermediate languages ndash Declaration ndash Assignment statements ndash Boolean expressions ndash Flow control

statements ndash Back patching

UNIT ndash V CODE GENERATION

Introduction to optimization techniques ndash Issues in the design of a code generator ndash untime storage

management ndash Design of a simple code generator

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the author Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Aho AV Ravi

Sethi JD Ullman Compilers - Principles

Techniques and Tools

(3rd

Edition)

Addison-

Wesley New

York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the author Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Kennath CLouden Compiler Construction

Principles and Practice (3

rd Edition)

Vikas publishing

House Calcutta

2003

2 Allen I Holub Compiler Design in C (4

th Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New

Delhi

2001

WEBSITES

httpwwwdikudkhjemmesideransattetorbenmBasicsbasics_lulu2pdf

httpe-maxxrubookzfilesmogensenpdf

httpwwwpersonalkentedu~rmuhammaCompilerscompilerhtml

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the author Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Aho AV Ravi

Sethi JD Ullman Compilers - Principles

Techniques and Tools

(3rd

Edition)

Addison-

Wesley New

York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the author Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Kennath CLouden Compiler Construction

Principles and Practice (3

rd Edition)

Vikas publishing

House Calcutta

2003

2 Allen I Holub Compiler Design in C (4

th Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New

Delhi

2001

WEBSITES

httpwwwdikudkhjemmesideransattetorbenmBasicsbasics_lulu2pdf

httpe-maxxrubookzfilesmogensenpdf

httpwwwpersonalkentedu~rmuhammaCompilerscompilerhtml

12PMECS211 COMPUTER NETWORK LAB

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1 Simulation of ARP RARP

2 Write a program that takes a binary file as input and performs bit stuffing and CRC

Computation

3 Develop an application for transferring files over RS232

4 Simulation of Sliding-Window protocol

5 Simulation of BGP OSPF routing protocol

6 Develop a Client ndash Server application for chat

7 Develop a Client that contacts a given DNS Server to resolve a given host name

8 Write a Client to download a file from a HTTP Server

9 Study of Network Simulators like NS2Glomosim OPNET

10 Write a program mail using mailserver

SEMESTER - III

12PMECS301 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING METHODOLOGIES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce the methodologies involved in the development and maintenance of

software (ie) over its entire life cycle

To be aware of Different life cycle models

To study Requirement dictation process

UNIT ndash I PLANNING

A Generic View Of Processes ndash Process Maturity ndash Process Models ndash Agile Process And Models ndash

Software Cost Estimation ndash Risk Analysis ndash Software Project Planning amp Scheduling

UNIT ndash II REQUIREMENT ANALYSIS

System Engineering Hierarchy ndash Requirement Engineering Tasks Initiating The Process Eliciting

Requirements Developing Use Cases ndash Negotiating Requirements ndash Validating Requirements ndash Building

The Analysis Models Concepts ndash Object Oriented Analysis ndash Scenario Based Modeling ndash Data amp Control

Flow Oriented Model ndash Class Based Model ndash Behavioral Model

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE DESIGN

Design Concepts ndash Design Models ndash Pattern Based Design ndash Architectural Design ndash Component Level

Design ndash Class Based and Conventional Components Design ndash Real time System Design ndash User Interface

Analysis and Design

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE TESTING

Software Testing ndash Strategies ndash Issues ndash Test Strategies For Conventional And Object Oriented Software

ndash Validation And System Testing ndash Testing Tactics White Box Testing Basis Path Testing ndash Control

Structure Testing ndash Black Box Testing ndash Object Oriented Testing ndash Testing GUI ndash Testing ClientServer ndash

Test Documentation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

Software Quality Concepts ndash Quality Assurance ndash Software Technical Reviews ndash Formal Approach To

Software Quality Assurance ndash Reliability ndash Quality Standards ndash Software Quality Assurance Plan ndash

Software Maintenance ndash Software Configuration Management ndash Reverse Engineering amp Reengineering ndash

Use of CASE Tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering

A Practitionerrsquos

Approach (6th Edition)

McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2005

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication

1 Somerville I Software Engineering (5

th Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2005

2 Pankaj Jalote An Integrated

Approach to Software

Engineering (2nd

Edition)

Springer Verlag

McGraw Hill

Calcutta

2004

3 James F Peters and

Witold Pedryez Software Engineering ndash

An Engineering

Approach (2nd

Edition)

John Wiley and

Sons New Delhi

2004

4 Fairely Software Engineering

Concepts (3rd

Edition) McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2005

WEBSITES

httpinfolabstanfordedu~burbackwatersluicewatersluicehtml

httpinfolabstanfordedu~burbackwatersluicenode2html

httpwwwcseunredu~sushilclass425notesch19pdf

httpfreetonikcomtextsoftware-engineering-notes

SEMESTER - III

12PMECS301 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING METHODOLOGIES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce the methodologies involved in the development and maintenance of

software (ie) over its entire life cycle

To be aware of Different life cycle models

To study Requirement dictation process

UNIT ndash I PLANNING

A Generic View Of Processes ndash Process Maturity ndash Process Models ndash Agile Process And Models ndash

Software Cost Estimation ndash Risk Analysis ndash Software Project Planning amp Scheduling

UNIT ndash II REQUIREMENT ANALYSIS

System Engineering Hierarchy ndash Requirement Engineering Tasks Initiating The Process Eliciting

Requirements Developing Use Cases ndash Negotiating Requirements ndash Validating Requirements ndash Building

The Analysis Models Concepts ndash Object Oriented Analysis ndash Scenario Based Modeling ndash Data amp Control

Flow Oriented Model ndash Class Based Model ndash Behavioral Model

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE DESIGN

Design Concepts ndash Design Models ndash Pattern Based Design ndash Architectural Design ndash Component Level

Design ndash Class Based and Conventional Components Design ndash Real time System Design ndash User Interface

Analysis and Design

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE TESTING

Software Testing ndash Strategies ndash Issues ndash Test Strategies For Conventional And Object Oriented Software

ndash Validation And System Testing ndash Testing Tactics White Box Testing Basis Path Testing ndash Control

Structure Testing ndash Black Box Testing ndash Object Oriented Testing ndash Testing GUI ndash Testing ClientServer ndash

Test Documentation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

Software Quality Concepts ndash Quality Assurance ndash Software Technical Reviews ndash Formal Approach To

Software Quality Assurance ndash Reliability ndash Quality Standards ndash Software Quality Assurance Plan ndash

Software Maintenance ndash Software Configuration Management ndash Reverse Engineering amp Reengineering ndash

Use of CASE Tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering

A Practitionerrsquos

Approach (6th Edition)

McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2005

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication

1 Somerville I Software Engineering (5

th Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2005

2 Pankaj Jalote An Integrated

Approach to Software

Engineering (2nd

Edition)

Springer Verlag

McGraw Hill

Calcutta

2004

3 James F Peters and

Witold Pedryez Software Engineering ndash

An Engineering

Approach (2nd

Edition)

John Wiley and

Sons New Delhi

2004

4 Fairely Software Engineering

Concepts (3rd

Edition) McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2005

WEBSITES

httpinfolabstanfordedu~burbackwatersluicewatersluicehtml

httpinfolabstanfordedu~burbackwatersluicenode2html

httpwwwcseunredu~sushilclass425notesch19pdf

httpfreetonikcomtextsoftware-engineering-notes

Design Concepts ndash Design Models ndash Pattern Based Design ndash Architectural Design ndash Component Level

Design ndash Class Based and Conventional Components Design ndash Real time System Design ndash User Interface

Analysis and Design

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE TESTING

Software Testing ndash Strategies ndash Issues ndash Test Strategies For Conventional And Object Oriented Software

ndash Validation And System Testing ndash Testing Tactics White Box Testing Basis Path Testing ndash Control

Structure Testing ndash Black Box Testing ndash Object Oriented Testing ndash Testing GUI ndash Testing ClientServer ndash

Test Documentation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

Software Quality Concepts ndash Quality Assurance ndash Software Technical Reviews ndash Formal Approach To

Software Quality Assurance ndash Reliability ndash Quality Standards ndash Software Quality Assurance Plan ndash

Software Maintenance ndash Software Configuration Management ndash Reverse Engineering amp Reengineering ndash

Use of CASE Tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering

A Practitionerrsquos

Approach (6th Edition)

McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2005

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication

1 Somerville I Software Engineering (5

th Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2005

2 Pankaj Jalote An Integrated

Approach to Software

Engineering (2nd

Edition)

Springer Verlag

McGraw Hill

Calcutta

2004

3 James F Peters and

Witold Pedryez Software Engineering ndash

An Engineering

Approach (2nd

Edition)

John Wiley and

Sons New Delhi

2004

4 Fairely Software Engineering

Concepts (3rd

Edition) McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2005

WEBSITES

httpinfolabstanfordedu~burbackwatersluicewatersluicehtml

httpinfolabstanfordedu~burbackwatersluicenode2html

httpwwwcseunredu~sushilclass425notesch19pdf

httpfreetonikcomtextsoftware-engineering-notes

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

Software Quality Concepts ndash Quality Assurance ndash Software Technical Reviews ndash Formal Approach To

Software Quality Assurance ndash Reliability ndash Quality Standards ndash Software Quality Assurance Plan ndash

Software Maintenance ndash Software Configuration Management ndash Reverse Engineering amp Reengineering ndash

Use of CASE Tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering

A Practitionerrsquos

Approach (6th Edition)

McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2005

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication

1 Somerville I Software Engineering (5

th Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2005

2 Pankaj Jalote An Integrated

Approach to Software

Engineering (2nd

Edition)

Springer Verlag

McGraw Hill

Calcutta

2004

3 James F Peters and

Witold Pedryez Software Engineering ndash

An Engineering

Approach (2nd

Edition)

John Wiley and

Sons New Delhi

2004

4 Fairely Software Engineering

Concepts (3rd

Edition) McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2005

WEBSITES

httpinfolabstanfordedu~burbackwatersluicewatersluicehtml

httpinfolabstanfordedu~burbackwatersluicenode2html

httpwwwcseunredu~sushilclass425notesch19pdf

httpfreetonikcomtextsoftware-engineering-notes

12PMECS302 OBJECT ORIENTED SYSTEM DESIGN

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the concepts of object oriented analysis and design To understand the object oriented life cycle To know how to identify objects relationships services and attributes through UML To understand the use-case diagrams To know the Object Oriented Design process To know about software quality and usability

UNIT ndash I OBJECT ORIENTED DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS

The Object Model ndash Classes And Objects - Complexity Of Software ndash Classification ndash Notation ndash Process

ndash Pragmatics ndash Binary And Entity Relationship ndash Object Types ndash Object State ndash OOSD Life Cycle

UNIT ndash II OBJECT ORIENTED METHODOLOGIES AND UML

Object Oriented Methodology Rumbaugh Booch Jacobson ShalerMellor CoadYardon ndash Patterns ndash

Frame Works ndash The Unified Approach ndash UML

UNIT ndash III OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS

Identify Use Cases ndash Use Case Model ndash Documentation ndash Classification ndash Identifying Classes ndash Noun

Phrases Approach ndash Common Class Pattern Approach ndash Use Case Driven Approach ndash Identifying Object

Relationship Attributes And Models

UNIT ndash IV OBJECT ORIENTED DESIGN

Design Process ndash Design Axioms ndash Designing Classes ndash Access Layer Design ndash View Layer Design

UNIT ndash V MANAGING OBJECT ORIENTED DEVELOPMENT

Managing Analysis And Design ndash Evaluation Testing ndash Coding ndash Maintenance ndash Metrics ndash Case Study

Foundation Class Library ndash ClientServer Computing

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Ali Bahrami Object Oriented System

Development (4

th Edition)

McGraw Hill

International

Edition New

York

2004

2 Larman Applying UML amp

Patterns An

Introduction to Object

Oriented Analysis and

Design (2nd Edition)

Pearson

Education New

York

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Bernd Bruegge

Allen H Dutoit Object Oriented

Software Engineering

using UML Patterns

and Java (2nd Edition)

Pearson Education

New York 2004

WEBSITES

httpwwwooadorg

httpwwwiturlscomEnglishSoftwareEngineeringSE_6asp

httpwww2enelucalgarycaPeoplefarLecturesSENG609-23

httpwwwcsvirginiaedu~hortoncs494

UNIT ndash V MANAGING OBJECT ORIENTED DEVELOPMENT

Managing Analysis And Design ndash Evaluation Testing ndash Coding ndash Maintenance ndash Metrics ndash Case Study

Foundation Class Library ndash ClientServer Computing

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Ali Bahrami Object Oriented System

Development (4

th Edition)

McGraw Hill

International

Edition New

York

2004

2 Larman Applying UML amp

Patterns An

Introduction to Object

Oriented Analysis and

Design (2nd Edition)

Pearson

Education New

York

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Bernd Bruegge

Allen H Dutoit Object Oriented

Software Engineering

using UML Patterns

and Java (2nd Edition)

Pearson Education

New York 2004

WEBSITES

httpwwwooadorg

httpwwwiturlscomEnglishSoftwareEngineeringSE_6asp

httpwww2enelucalgarycaPeoplefarLecturesSENG609-23

httpwwwcsvirginiaedu~hortoncs494

12PMECS303 WEB TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To explain web technology concepts and related programming and scripting languages

To describe basic Internet Protocols

To explain JAVA and HTML tools for Internet programming

To describe scripting languages ndash Java Script

To explain dynamic HTML programming

To explain Server Side Programming tools

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Network concepts ndash Web concepts ndash Internet addresses ndash Retrieving Data with URL ndash

HTML ndash DHTML Cascading Style Sheets ndash Scripting Languages JavaScript ndash Vbscript

UNIT ndash II COMMON GATEWAY INTERFACE

Common Gateway Interface Programming CGI Scripts ndash HTML Forms ndash Custom Database Query Scripts

ndash Server Side Includes ndash Server security issues ndash XML

UNIT ndash III JAVA PROGRAMMING

Java fundamentals Classes ndash Inheritance ndash Packages ndash Interfaces ndash Exceptions Handling ndash Multi threading

ndash Applets

UNIT ndash IV SERVER SIDE PROGRAMMING

Server side Programming ndash Active server pages ndash Java server pages ndash Java Servlets Servlet container ndash

Exceptions ndash Sessions and Session Tracking ndash Using Servlet context ndash Dynamic Content Generation ndash

Servlet Chaining and Communications

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Simple applications ndash Internet Commerce ndash Database connectivity ndash Online databases ndash EDI Applications

in Business ndash Plug-ins ndash Firewalls

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications

1 Deitel Deitel and

Neito INTERNET and

WORLD WIDE WEB ndash

How to program (2

nd Edition)

Pearson education

Asia 2001

2 Norton D and H

Schildt Java 2 The complete

Reference (4th Edition)

TMH New York 2005

3 Elliotte Rusty Herold Java Network

Programming (3

rd Edition)

OrsquoReilly

Publications New

York

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Eric Ladd and Jim

OrsquoDonnell et al USING HTML 4 XML

and JAVA12 (3

rd Edition)

PHI publications

New Delhi 2003

2 Jeffy Dwight

Michael Erwin and

Robert Nikes

USING CGI (4

th Edition)

PHI Publications

New Delhi 2001

WEBSITES

httplectnoteblogspotin200908web-technologies-lecture-notehtml

httpengineeringpptblogspotin201001advance-java-web-technologyhtml

httpwwwcomptechdocorgindependentweb

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications

1 Deitel Deitel and

Neito INTERNET and

WORLD WIDE WEB ndash

How to program (2

nd Edition)

Pearson education

Asia 2001

2 Norton D and H

Schildt Java 2 The complete

Reference (4th Edition)

TMH New York 2005

3 Elliotte Rusty Herold Java Network

Programming (3

rd Edition)

OrsquoReilly

Publications New

York

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Eric Ladd and Jim

OrsquoDonnell et al USING HTML 4 XML

and JAVA12 (3

rd Edition)

PHI publications

New Delhi 2003

2 Jeffy Dwight

Michael Erwin and

Robert Nikes

USING CGI (4

th Edition)

PHI Publications

New Delhi 2001

WEBSITES

httplectnoteblogspotin200908web-technologies-lecture-notehtml

httpengineeringpptblogspotin201001advance-java-web-technologyhtml

httpwwwcomptechdocorgindependentweb

12PMECS311 WEB TECHNOLOGY LAB

1 Implement the inventory control system with a reorder level

2 Develop a package for a bank to maintain its customer details

3 Develop a package for the payroll of a company

4 Web Page Creation using HTML and DHTML and Client side Scripting Languages

5 Web Page Creation using HTML and DHTML and Sever side Scripting Languages

6 Write a applicationGUI program in java for getting time and data information from the

server using TCPUDP

7 Write a program in java to implement Database Connectivity

8 Write a JSP program for order processing

9 Write a Servlet bean program to access information from databases

10 Write a ASP program using the components

SEMESTER ndash IV

12PMECS401 DATA BASE TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of

data models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different

databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

To provide an introductory concept about the way in which data can be stored in

geographical information systems etc

UNIT ndash I DATA BASE SYSTEM CONCEPT

File systems ndash Database systems ndash Database systems architecture ndash Data models ndash Relational model ndash

Hierarchical model ndash Network model ndash Entity-Relationship model ndash Data Dictionary ndash Database

Administration and control

UNIT ndash II RELATIONAL DATABASES

Codds rules ndash Base tables ndash Views ndash Domains and key concept ndash Integrity rules ndash Relational Algebra ndash

Relational calculus ndash Commercial query languages ndash Embedded SQL ndash Normalization and database

design

UNIT ndash III DATABASE SYSTEM DESIGN

File and storage structures ndash Indexing and Hashing ndash Query processing ndash Database recovery ndash

Concurrency control ndash Transaction processing ndash Security and Integrity ndash Triggers

UNIT ndash IV DISTRIBUTED DATABASES

Centralized versus distributed databases ndash Fragmentation ndash Distributed database architecture ndash Client

Server databases ndash Distributed transactions ndash Locking and Commit protocols ndash Distributed concurrency

Control ndash Security and reliability ndash Parallel databases

UNIT ndash V ADVANCED DATABASES

The World Wide Web ndash Object oriented database ndash Object Relational database ndash XML XMLQL ndash Data

Analysis and OLAP ndash Data mining ndash Data warehousing

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Abraham

Silberschatz

HenryFKorth

SudharsanS

Database System

Concepts (4th Edition) Tata McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2002

2 Ramez Elmasri

Shamkant B Navathe Fundamentals of

Database Systems (3rd

Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Jim Buyens Step by Step Web

Database

Development (3

rd Edition)

PHI Asia 2005

2 Stefano Ceri amp Distributed Databases McGraw Hill Book 2004

Giuesppe Pelagatti - Principles and

Systems (2nd

Edition) Company New

Delhi 3 CJDate An Introduction to

Database system (7th Edition)

Pearson Education

New York

2003

WEBSITES

httpenwikipediaorgwikiDatabaseDatabase_concept

httpwwwcseiitbacin~sudarshadb-bookslide-dir

httpwwwclasslenetsitesdefaultfilestext7539DBMS_Korth_4edition_solpdf

httpwwwmediafirecomondtsi8om71tock

12PMECS411 DATABASE TECHNOLOGY LAB

1 Library Management System

2 Quiz System

3 Payroll System

4 HR Management System

5 Inventory Control System

6 e -Book

7 Online Banking

8 Online Ticket Reservation System

9 Online Shopping

10 Online Tax Payment System

SEMESTER ndash IV

12PMECS401 DATA BASE TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of

data models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different

databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

To provide an introductory concept about the way in which data can be stored in

geographical information systems etc

UNIT ndash I DATA BASE SYSTEM CONCEPT

File systems ndash Database systems ndash Database systems architecture ndash Data models ndash Relational model ndash

Hierarchical model ndash Network model ndash Entity-Relationship model ndash Data Dictionary ndash Database

Administration and control

UNIT ndash II RELATIONAL DATABASES

Codds rules ndash Base tables ndash Views ndash Domains and key concept ndash Integrity rules ndash Relational Algebra ndash

Relational calculus ndash Commercial query languages ndash Embedded SQL ndash Normalization and database

design

UNIT ndash III DATABASE SYSTEM DESIGN

File and storage structures ndash Indexing and Hashing ndash Query processing ndash Database recovery ndash

Concurrency control ndash Transaction processing ndash Security and Integrity ndash Triggers

UNIT ndash IV DISTRIBUTED DATABASES

Centralized versus distributed databases ndash Fragmentation ndash Distributed database architecture ndash Client

Server databases ndash Distributed transactions ndash Locking and Commit protocols ndash Distributed concurrency

Control ndash Security and reliability ndash Parallel databases

UNIT ndash V ADVANCED DATABASES

The World Wide Web ndash Object oriented database ndash Object Relational database ndash XML XMLQL ndash Data

Analysis and OLAP ndash Data mining ndash Data warehousing

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Abraham

Silberschatz

HenryFKorth

SudharsanS

Database System

Concepts (4th Edition) Tata McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2002

2 Ramez Elmasri

Shamkant B Navathe Fundamentals of

Database Systems (3rd

Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Jim Buyens Step by Step Web

Database

Development (3

rd Edition)

PHI Asia 2005

2 Stefano Ceri amp Distributed Databases McGraw Hill Book 2004

Giuesppe Pelagatti - Principles and

Systems (2nd

Edition) Company New

Delhi 3 CJDate An Introduction to

Database system (7th Edition)

Pearson Education

New York

2003

WEBSITES

httpenwikipediaorgwikiDatabaseDatabase_concept

httpwwwcseiitbacin~sudarshadb-bookslide-dir

httpwwwclasslenetsitesdefaultfilestext7539DBMS_Korth_4edition_solpdf

httpwwwmediafirecomondtsi8om71tock

12PMECS411 DATABASE TECHNOLOGY LAB

1 Library Management System

2 Quiz System

3 Payroll System

4 HR Management System

5 Inventory Control System

6 e -Book

7 Online Banking

8 Online Ticket Reservation System

9 Online Shopping

10 Online Tax Payment System

UNIT ndash III DATABASE SYSTEM DESIGN

File and storage structures ndash Indexing and Hashing ndash Query processing ndash Database recovery ndash

Concurrency control ndash Transaction processing ndash Security and Integrity ndash Triggers

UNIT ndash IV DISTRIBUTED DATABASES

Centralized versus distributed databases ndash Fragmentation ndash Distributed database architecture ndash Client

Server databases ndash Distributed transactions ndash Locking and Commit protocols ndash Distributed concurrency

Control ndash Security and reliability ndash Parallel databases

UNIT ndash V ADVANCED DATABASES

The World Wide Web ndash Object oriented database ndash Object Relational database ndash XML XMLQL ndash Data

Analysis and OLAP ndash Data mining ndash Data warehousing

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Abraham

Silberschatz

HenryFKorth

SudharsanS

Database System

Concepts (4th Edition) Tata McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2002

2 Ramez Elmasri

Shamkant B Navathe Fundamentals of

Database Systems (3rd

Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

publication 1 Jim Buyens Step by Step Web

Database

Development (3

rd Edition)

PHI Asia 2005

2 Stefano Ceri amp Distributed Databases McGraw Hill Book 2004

Giuesppe Pelagatti - Principles and

Systems (2nd

Edition) Company New

Delhi 3 CJDate An Introduction to

Database system (7th Edition)

Pearson Education

New York

2003

WEBSITES

httpenwikipediaorgwikiDatabaseDatabase_concept

httpwwwcseiitbacin~sudarshadb-bookslide-dir

httpwwwclasslenetsitesdefaultfilestext7539DBMS_Korth_4edition_solpdf

httpwwwmediafirecomondtsi8om71tock

12PMECS411 DATABASE TECHNOLOGY LAB

1 Library Management System

2 Quiz System

3 Payroll System

4 HR Management System

5 Inventory Control System

6 e -Book

7 Online Banking

8 Online Ticket Reservation System

9 Online Shopping

10 Online Tax Payment System

Giuesppe Pelagatti - Principles and

Systems (2nd

Edition) Company New

Delhi 3 CJDate An Introduction to

Database system (7th Edition)

Pearson Education

New York

2003

WEBSITES

httpenwikipediaorgwikiDatabaseDatabase_concept

httpwwwcseiitbacin~sudarshadb-bookslide-dir

httpwwwclasslenetsitesdefaultfilestext7539DBMS_Korth_4edition_solpdf

httpwwwmediafirecomondtsi8om71tock

12PMECS411 DATABASE TECHNOLOGY LAB

1 Library Management System

2 Quiz System

3 Payroll System

4 HR Management System

5 Inventory Control System

6 e -Book

7 Online Banking

8 Online Ticket Reservation System

9 Online Shopping

10 Online Tax Payment System

SEMESTER - V

12PMECC301 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY PEDAGOGYamp COMMUNICATION SKILLS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the research methodology and pedagogy

To enable the students to get involved in research activities

UNIT ndash I HIGHER EDUCATION AN INTRODUCTION

Historical perspectives ndash the objectives of higher education ndash role of higher education ndash social focus ndash

curricular focus ndash administrative focus ndash rivers of change in higher education ndash globalization ndash changing

demographics ndash structuring of employment ndash technological change ndash demand of accountability ndash

consumerism ndash Expectations by employers ndash rate of knowledge growth ndash ampus demographics ndash concern

for community ndash Restructuring and new patterns of decision making

UNIT ndash II RESEARCH PROCESSES AND METHODOLOGY

Introduction to Research ndash Research strategies ndash Ethics ndash Code of conduct for Research ndash Health and

Safety ndash IPR ndash Research Events ndash Networks ndash Outreach Activities ndash Best Research practices ndash Quality

assurance for Research ndash Career Management for Researchers ndash Research seminars ndash Journal critiques

UNIT ndash III EFFECTIVE RESEARCH SKILLS

Data collection ndash Modeling ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Prototyping ndash Presentation Skills ndash Data

Presentation Skills ndash Research Writing skills (For Articles Reports Journals and Thesis) ndash Creative Skills

ndash Effective Interview Skills ndash Team Building Skills ndash Communication and Interpersonal Skills ndash

knowledge Transfer skills ndash Vivo voce ndash Teaching and Information Skills ndash Effective use of Library ndash

Survey Skills ndash Planning and Control Methods ndash Statistical Tools ndash Patents and Copyrights ndash Advanced

Research Techniques and Tools

UNIT ndash IV TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING AND EVALUATION

Large group techniques ndash lecture seminar ndash symposium ndash panel discussion ndash project approaches and

workshop ndash Small Group techniques ndash group discussion simulation ndash role playing ndash Buzz techniques ndash

brain storming ndash case discussion and assignment ndash system approach in education ndash Individualized

techniques ndash CAI Keller plan ndash PSI and programmed learning ndash methods of evaluation ndash self evaluation

and student evaluation in higher education ndash question banking ndash diagnostic testing and remedial teaching

UNIT ndash V ESSENTIALS FOR EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION IN ENGLISH

Improving Vocabulary stock ndash general and technical vocabulary ndash British and American vocabulary ndash

homophones amp homonyms ndash idioms and phrases ndash Different grammatical functions of the same word ndash

Grammar ndash Tenses ndash Voice ndash reported speech ndash Modals ndash spoken English structures ndash formal and

informal ndash letters ndash project reports ndash descriptions ndash circulars ndash synopsis and summary writing ndash Listening

skills for competitive exams ndash Reading skills ndash skimming and scanning ndash Reading journals ndash magazines

and newspapers for comprehension ndash Practical use of English ndash conversation ndash seminars ndash

individual speeches and group discussions ndash Reference skills ndash Using dictionary thesaurus and

encyclopedia ndash Error shooting for better use of English

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Hubbuch Susan M Writing Research

Papers Across the

Curriculum (5

th Edition)

Thompson New York 2005

2 VedanayagamEG Teaching technology

for college teachers

(4th Edition)

Sterling publishers

(Pvt) Ltd New Delhi

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 KumarKH Educational

technology (3

rd Edition)

New age international

(Pvt) Ltd New Delhi

2004

2 Tony BatesAN Technology e-

learning and distance

education (5

th Edition)

Rout ledge New York

2005

3 Aggarwal JC Essential of

educational

technology Teaching

Learning innovations

in education (3

rd Edition)

Vikas publishing house

(p) Ltd New Delhi

2003

4 Crow amp Crow Educational

Psychology (2

nd Edition)

Erusia Publishing

House New Delhi

2002

WEBSITES

httpguideslibfsuedu

httpwwwtimeshighereducationcoukstoryasp

httpportalunescoorgeducationenevphp

httpwwwbluklearningcresearchskillscreativehtml

httpwwwehowcomfacts_5869020_effective-research-skills-teachinghtml

consumerism ndash Expectations by employers ndash rate of knowledge growth ndash ampus demographics ndash concern

for community ndash Restructuring and new patterns of decision making

UNIT ndash II RESEARCH PROCESSES AND METHODOLOGY

Introduction to Research ndash Research strategies ndash Ethics ndash Code of conduct for Research ndash Health and

Safety ndash IPR ndash Research Events ndash Networks ndash Outreach Activities ndash Best Research practices ndash Quality

assurance for Research ndash Career Management for Researchers ndash Research seminars ndash Journal critiques

UNIT ndash III EFFECTIVE RESEARCH SKILLS

Data collection ndash Modeling ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Prototyping ndash Presentation Skills ndash Data

Presentation Skills ndash Research Writing skills (For Articles Reports Journals and Thesis) ndash Creative Skills

ndash Effective Interview Skills ndash Team Building Skills ndash Communication and Interpersonal Skills ndash

knowledge Transfer skills ndash Vivo voce ndash Teaching and Information Skills ndash Effective use of Library ndash

Survey Skills ndash Planning and Control Methods ndash Statistical Tools ndash Patents and Copyrights ndash Advanced

Research Techniques and Tools

UNIT ndash IV TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING AND EVALUATION

Large group techniques ndash lecture seminar ndash symposium ndash panel discussion ndash project approaches and

workshop ndash Small Group techniques ndash group discussion simulation ndash role playing ndash Buzz techniques ndash

brain storming ndash case discussion and assignment ndash system approach in education ndash Individualized

techniques ndash CAI Keller plan ndash PSI and programmed learning ndash methods of evaluation ndash self evaluation

and student evaluation in higher education ndash question banking ndash diagnostic testing and remedial teaching

UNIT ndash V ESSENTIALS FOR EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION IN ENGLISH

Improving Vocabulary stock ndash general and technical vocabulary ndash British and American vocabulary ndash

homophones amp homonyms ndash idioms and phrases ndash Different grammatical functions of the same word ndash

Grammar ndash Tenses ndash Voice ndash reported speech ndash Modals ndash spoken English structures ndash formal and

informal ndash letters ndash project reports ndash descriptions ndash circulars ndash synopsis and summary writing ndash Listening

skills for competitive exams ndash Reading skills ndash skimming and scanning ndash Reading journals ndash magazines

and newspapers for comprehension ndash Practical use of English ndash conversation ndash seminars ndash

individual speeches and group discussions ndash Reference skills ndash Using dictionary thesaurus and

encyclopedia ndash Error shooting for better use of English

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Hubbuch Susan M Writing Research

Papers Across the

Curriculum (5

th Edition)

Thompson New York 2005

2 VedanayagamEG Teaching technology

for college teachers

(4th Edition)

Sterling publishers

(Pvt) Ltd New Delhi

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 KumarKH Educational

technology (3

rd Edition)

New age international

(Pvt) Ltd New Delhi

2004

2 Tony BatesAN Technology e-

learning and distance

education (5

th Edition)

Rout ledge New York

2005

3 Aggarwal JC Essential of

educational

technology Teaching

Learning innovations

in education (3

rd Edition)

Vikas publishing house

(p) Ltd New Delhi

2003

4 Crow amp Crow Educational

Psychology (2

nd Edition)

Erusia Publishing

House New Delhi

2002

WEBSITES

httpguideslibfsuedu

httpwwwtimeshighereducationcoukstoryasp

httpportalunescoorgeducationenevphp

httpwwwbluklearningcresearchskillscreativehtml

httpwwwehowcomfacts_5869020_effective-research-skills-teachinghtml

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Hubbuch Susan M Writing Research

Papers Across the

Curriculum (5

th Edition)

Thompson New York 2005

2 VedanayagamEG Teaching technology

for college teachers

(4th Edition)

Sterling publishers

(Pvt) Ltd New Delhi

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 KumarKH Educational

technology (3

rd Edition)

New age international

(Pvt) Ltd New Delhi

2004

2 Tony BatesAN Technology e-

learning and distance

education (5

th Edition)

Rout ledge New York

2005

3 Aggarwal JC Essential of

educational

technology Teaching

Learning innovations

in education (3

rd Edition)

Vikas publishing house

(p) Ltd New Delhi

2003

4 Crow amp Crow Educational

Psychology (2

nd Edition)

Erusia Publishing

House New Delhi

2002

WEBSITES

httpguideslibfsuedu

httpwwwtimeshighereducationcoukstoryasp

httpportalunescoorgeducationenevphp

httpwwwbluklearningcresearchskillscreativehtml

httpwwwehowcomfacts_5869020_effective-research-skills-teachinghtml

LIST OF ELECTIVES

12PMECSE01 THEORY OF COMPUTATION

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a introductory knowledge of automata formal language theory and

computability

To have an understanding of finite state and pushdown automata

To have a knowledge of regular languages and context free languages

To know the relation between regular language context free language and

corresponding recognizers

To study the Turing machine and classes of problems

UNIT ndash I FINITE AUTOMATA AND REGULAR LANGUAGES

Finite Automata and Regular languages ndash Regular expressions and Regular languages ndash non determinism

and Kleenes theorem ndash Equivalence of DFA and NFA ndash Finite Automation with e-moves ndash equivalence of

regular expression and NFA with e-moves ndash pumping lemma for regular sets

UNIT ndash II CONTEXT FREE LANGUAGES

Context free languages ndash Derivation and languages ndash Relationship between derivation and derivation tree

ndash Simplification of context free grammars ndash Normal forms for context free grammars ndash CNF and GNF

UNIT ndash III PUSH DOWN AUTOMATA (PDA)

Acceptance by PDA ndash Pushdown automata and Context free languages ndash Pumping lemma for CFL ndash

deterministic Context free languages and Deterministic pushdown automata

UNIT ndash IV TURING MACHINE

Context sensitive languages and LBA ndash Turing machine (Definition and examples) ndash Computable

languages and functions ndash Church Turing hypothesis ndash Universal Turing machine ndash P and NP problems ndash

NP-complete

UNIT ndash V UNSOLVABLE PROBLEMS

Unsolvable problems ndash Rice Theorem ndash Posts correspondence Problem ndash Recursive and recursively

enumerable languages

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Hopcroft and Ullman Introduction to

Automata Languages

and Computation (2nd Edition)

Narosa

Publishers New

York

2001

2 Peter Linz An Introduction to

formal languages and

Automata (4th Edition)

Narosa

Publishing

House New

Delhi

2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Natarajan AM

TamilarasiA amp

BalasubramaniB

Theory of Computation (3

rd Edition)

New age

International

publishers New

Delhi

2002

2 Harry R Lewis

Christos H

Papadimitriou

Elements of Theory of

Computation (4

th Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi

2002

12PMECSE02 SOFT COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce the techniques of soft computing and adaptive neuro-fuzzy inferencing

systems which differ from conventional AI and computing in terms of its tolerance to

imprecision and uncertainty

To introduce the ideas of fuzzy sets fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human

experience

To become familiar with neural networks that can learn from available examples and

generalize to form appropriate rules for inferencing systems

To provide the mathematical background for carrying out the optimization associated

with neural network learning

UNIT ndash I FUZZY SET THEORY

Introduction to Neuro ndash Fuzzy and soft Computing ndash Fuzzy Sets ndash Basic Definition and Terminology ndash

Set-theoretic operations ndash Member Function Formulation and parameterization ndash Fuzzy Rules and Fuzzy

Reasoning ndash Extension principle and Fuzzy Relations ndash Fuzzy If-Then Rules ndash Fuzzy Reasoning ndash Fuzzy

Inference Systems ndash Mamdani Fuzzy Models ndash Sugeno Fuzzy Models ndash Tsukamoto Fuzzy Models ndash

Input Space Partitioning and Fuzzy Modeling

UNIT ndash II OPTIMIZATION

Derivative-based Optimization ndash Descent Methods ndash The Method of steepest Descent ndash Classical

Newtonrsquos Method ndash Step Size Determination ndash Derivative-free Optimization ndash Genetic Algorithms ndash

Simulated Annealing ndash Random Search ndash Downhill Simplex Search

UNIT ndash III NEURAL NETWORKS

Supervised Learning Neural Networks ndash Perceptrons-Adaline ndash Backpropagation Multilayer perceptrons

ndash Radial Basis Function Networks ndash Unsupervised Learning and Other Neural Networks ndash Competitive

Learning Networks ndash Kohonen Self ndash Organizing Networks ndash Learning Vector Quantization ndash Hebbian

Learning

UNIT ndash IV NEURO FUZZY MODELING

Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems ndash Architecture ndash Hybrid Learning Algorithm ndash learning

Methods that Cross-fertilize ANFIS and RBFN ndash Coactive Neuro-Fuzzy Modeling ndash Framework ndash

Neuron Functions for Adaptive Networks ndash Neuro Fuzzy Spectrum

UNIT ndash V APPLICATION OF COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE

Printed Character Recognition ndash Inverse Kinematics Problems ndash Automobile Fuel Efficiency prediction ndash

Soft Computing for Color Recipe Prediction

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jang JSR

SunCT and

MizutaniE

Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft

Computing (5th Edition)

PHI Pearson

Education Asia

2004

2 Timothy JRoss Fuzzy Logic with

Engineering Application

(2nd

Edition)

McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Davis EGoldberg Genetic Algorithms

Search Optimization and

Machine Learning (4

th Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

2004

2 Rajasekaran S and

GAVPai Neural Networks Fuzzy

Logic and Genetic

Algorithms (5th Edition)

PHI New Delhi 2003

3 Eberhart R

Psimpson and

RDobbins

Computational

Intelligence PC Tools (3

rd Edition)

AP Professional

Boston

2003

12PMECSE03 MOBILE COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide basics for various techniques in Mobile Communications and Mobile Content

services

To learn the basics of Wireless voice and data communications technologies

To build working knowledge on various telephone and satellite networks

To study the working principles of wireless LAN and its standards

To build knowledge on various Mobile Computing algorithms

To build skills in working with Wireless application Protocols to develop mobile content

applications

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Medium Access Control ndash Motivation for Specialized MAC ndash SDMA ndash FDMA ndash DMACDMA ndash

Comparison of Access mechanisms ndash Tele communications GSM ndash DECTTETRA ndash UMTS ndash IMT-200 ndash

Satellite Systems Basics ndash Routing ndash Localization ndash Handover ndash Broadcast Systems Overview ndash Cyclic

Repetition of Data ndash Digital Audio Broadcasting ndash Digital Video Broadcasting

UNIT ndash II WIRELESS NETWORKS

Wireless LAN Infrared Vs Radio Transmission ndash Infrastructure Networks ndash Ad hoc Networks ndash IEEE

80211 ndash HIPERLAN ndash Bluetooth ndash Wireless ATM Working Group ndash Services ndash Reference Model ndash

Functions ndash Radio Access Layer ndash Handover- Location Management ndash Addressing Mobile Quality of

Service ndash Access Point Control Protocol

UNIT ndash III MOBILE NETWORK LAYER

Mobile IP Goals ndash Assumptions and Requirement ndash Entities ndash IP packet Delivery ndash Agent Advertisement

and Discovery ndash Registration ndash Tunneling and Encapsulation ndash Optimization ndash Reverse Tunneling ndash IPv6

ndash DHCP- Ad hoc Networks

UNIT ndash IV MOBILE TRANSPORT LAYER

Traditional TCP ndash Indirect TCP ndash Snooping TCP ndash Mobile TCP ndash Fast retransmit Fast Recovery ndash

Transmission Timeout Freezing ndash Selective Retransmission ndash Transaction Oriented TCP

UNIT ndash V WAP

Architecture ndash Datagram Protocol ndash Transport Layer Security ndash Transaction Protocol ndash Session Protocol ndash

Application Environment ndash Wireless Telephony Application

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Schiller J Mobile Communication

(5th Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2003

2 William Stallings Wireless

Communication and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2003

3 Singhal WAP-Wireless

Application Protocol

(2nd

Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Lother Merk Martin

S Nicklaus and

Thomas Stober

Principles of Mobile Computing (2

nd Edition)

Springer Asia 2003

2 William CYLee Mobile Communication

Design Fundamentals

(4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York

2003

12PMECSE04 DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts in distributing computing in operating systems

To enable the students to involve in research activities in recent trends

To make the students to get idea of distributed operating systems

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Characterization of Distributed Systems ndash Examples ndash Resource Sharing and the Web ndash Challenges ndash

System Models ndash Architectural and Fundamental Models ndash Networking and Internetworking ndash Types of

Networks ndash Network Principles ndash Internet Protocols ndash Case Studies

UNIT ndash II PROCESSES AND DISTRIBUTED OBJECTS

Interprocess Communication ndash The API for the Internet Protocols ndash External Data Representation and

Marshalling ndash Client-Server Communication ndash Group Communication ndash Case Study ndash Distributed Objects

and Remote Invocation ndash Communication Between Distributed Objects ndash Remote Procedure Call ndash

Events and Notifications ndash Java RMI ndash Case Study

UNIT ndash III OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash I

The OS Layer ndash Protection ndash Processes and Threads ndash Communication and Invocation ndash OS Architecture

ndash Security - Overview ndash Cryptographic Algorithms ndash Digital Signatures ndash Cryptography Pragmatics ndash

Case Studies ndash Distributed File Systems ndash File Service Architecture ndash Sun Network File System ndash The

Andrew File System

UNIT ndash IV OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash II

Name Services ndash Domain Name System ndash Directory and Discovery Services ndash Global Name Service ndash

X500 Directory Service ndash Clocks Events and Process States ndash Synchronizing Physical Clocks ndash Logical

Time And Logical Clocks ndash Global States ndash Distributed Debugging ndash Distributed Mutual Exclusion ndash

Elections ndash Multicast Communication Related Problems

UNIT ndash V DISTRIBUTED TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Transactions ndash Nested Transactions ndash Locks ndash Optimistic Concurrency Control ndash Timestamp Ordering ndash

Comparison ndash Flat and Nested Distributed Transactions ndash Atomic Commit Protocols ndash

Concurrency Control in Distributed Transactions ndash Distributed Deadlocks ndash Transaction Recovery ndash

Overview of Replication And Distributed Multimedia Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 George Coulouris Jean

Dollimore and Tim

Kindberg

Distributed Systems

Concepts and Design

(3rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2002

2 Sape Mullender Distributed Systems (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Albert Fleishman Distributes Systems-

Software Design and

Implementation (2nd

Edition)

Springer Verlag

New York 2004

2 Liu ML Distributed

Computing Principles

and Applications (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2004

3 Andrew S Tanenbaum

Maartenvan Steen Distributed Systems

ndash Principles and Paradigms (4

th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2002

4 Mugesh Singhal

Niranjan G Shivaratri Advanced Concepts

in Operating Systems (5

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE05 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the fundamental concepts of Multimedia To study the multimedia concepts and various Applications To enable the students to develop their creativity

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION AND QOS

Introduction ndash QOS Requirements and Constraints ndash Concepts ndash Resources ndash Establishment Phase ndash

Runtime Phase ndash Management Architectures

UNIT ndash II OPERATING SYSTEMS

Real-Time Processing ndash Scheduling ndash Interprocess Communication ndash Memory and Management ndash Server

Architecture ndash Disk Management

UNIT ndash III FILE SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS

Traditional and Multimedia File Systems ndash Caching Policy ndash Batching ndash Piggy backing ndash Ethernet ndash

Gigabit Ethernet ndash Token Ring ndash 100VG AnyLAN ndash Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) ndash ATM

Networks ndash MAN ndash WAN

UNIT ndash IV COMMUNICATION

Transport Subsystem ndash Protocol Support for QOS ndash Transport of Multimedia ndash Computer

Supported Cooperative Work ndash Architecture ndash Session Management ndash MBone Applications

UNIT ndash V SYNCHRONIZATION

Synchronization in Multimedia Systems ndash Presentation ndash Synchronization Types ndash Multimedia

Synchronization Methods ndash Case Studies ndash MHEG ndash MODE ndash ACME

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Multimedia Systems (1

st Edition)

Springer New

York 2004

2 Rao K R

Bojkovic Zoran S

Milovanovic

Dragorad A

Multimedia

Communication

Systems Techniques

Standards and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Media Coding and

Content Processing (3

rd Edition)

Prentice hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Vaughan T Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2000

3 Mark JB Sandra

KM Multimedia

Applications

Development using

DVI Technology (4

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2004

4 Rao K R Zoran

S Bojkovic

Dragorad A

Milovacovic D A

Milovacovic Ze ndash Nian Li and

Mark S Drew

Fundamentals of

Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Pearson education

Asia

2004

12PMECSE06 XML AND WEB SERVICES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the basic concepts of web services To study the XML techniques in real time application To study the security feature in web application

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Role Of XML ndash XML and The Web ndash XML Language Basics ndash SOAP ndash Web Services ndash Revolutions Of

XML ndash Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)

UNIT ndash II XML TECHNOLOGY

XML ndash Name Spaces ndash Structuring With Schemas and DTD ndash Presentation Techniques ndash Transformation

ndash XML Infrastructure

UNIT ndash III SOAP

Overview Of SOAP ndash HTTP ndash XML ndash RPC ndash SOAP Protocol ndash Message Structure ndash Intermediaries ndash

Actors ndash Design Patterns And Faults ndash SOAP With Attachments

UNIT ndash IV WEB SERVICES

Overview ndash Architecture ndash Key Technologies ndash UDDI ndash WSDL ndash ebXML ndash SOAP And

Web Services In E ndash Com ndash Overview Of NET And J2EE

UNIT ndash V XML SECURITY

Security Overview ndash Canonicalization ndash XML Security Framework ndash XML Encryption ndash

XML Digital Signature ndash XKMS Structure ndash Guidelines For Signing XML Documents ndash

XML In Practice

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Frank P Coyle XML Web Services And

The Data Revolution (2

nd Edition)

Pearson

Education

Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ramesh Nagappan

Robert Skoczylas

and Rima Patel

Sriganesh

Developing Java Web

Services (4th Edition)

Wiley Publishing

Inc New York 2004

2 Sandeep Chatterjee

James Webber Developing Enterprise Web

Services (4th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia 2004

3 McGovern et al Java Web Services

Architecture (3rd

Edition) Morgan

Kaufmann

Publishers New

Delhi

2005

12PMECSE07 BIO INFORMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the importance of Bio Informatics among the students

To study the relationship between Data mining with Bio informatics

To simulate the Biological tools using softwares

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

The Central Dogma ndash Killer Application ndash Parallel Universes ndash Watsonrsquos Definition ndash Top Down Vs

Bottom Up Approach ndash Information Flow ndash Conversance ndash Communications

UNIT ndash II DATABASE AND NETWORKS

Definition ndash Data Management ndash Data Life Cycle ndash Database Technology ndash Interfaces ndash Implementation

ndash Networks Communication Models ndash Transmission Technology ndash Protocols ndash Bandwidth ndash Topology ndash

Contents ndash Security ndash Ownership ndash Implementation

UNIT ndash III SEARCH ENGINES AND DATA VISUALIZATION

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Hopcroft and Ullman Introduction to

Automata Languages

and Computation (2nd Edition)

Narosa

Publishers New

York

2001

2 Peter Linz An Introduction to

formal languages and

Automata (4th Edition)

Narosa

Publishing

House New

Delhi

2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Natarajan AM

TamilarasiA amp

BalasubramaniB

Theory of Computation (3

rd Edition)

New age

International

publishers New

Delhi

2002

2 Harry R Lewis

Christos H

Papadimitriou

Elements of Theory of

Computation (4

th Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi

2002

12PMECSE02 SOFT COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce the techniques of soft computing and adaptive neuro-fuzzy inferencing

systems which differ from conventional AI and computing in terms of its tolerance to

imprecision and uncertainty

To introduce the ideas of fuzzy sets fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human

experience

To become familiar with neural networks that can learn from available examples and

generalize to form appropriate rules for inferencing systems

To provide the mathematical background for carrying out the optimization associated

with neural network learning

UNIT ndash I FUZZY SET THEORY

Introduction to Neuro ndash Fuzzy and soft Computing ndash Fuzzy Sets ndash Basic Definition and Terminology ndash

Set-theoretic operations ndash Member Function Formulation and parameterization ndash Fuzzy Rules and Fuzzy

Reasoning ndash Extension principle and Fuzzy Relations ndash Fuzzy If-Then Rules ndash Fuzzy Reasoning ndash Fuzzy

Inference Systems ndash Mamdani Fuzzy Models ndash Sugeno Fuzzy Models ndash Tsukamoto Fuzzy Models ndash

Input Space Partitioning and Fuzzy Modeling

UNIT ndash II OPTIMIZATION

Derivative-based Optimization ndash Descent Methods ndash The Method of steepest Descent ndash Classical

Newtonrsquos Method ndash Step Size Determination ndash Derivative-free Optimization ndash Genetic Algorithms ndash

Simulated Annealing ndash Random Search ndash Downhill Simplex Search

UNIT ndash III NEURAL NETWORKS

Supervised Learning Neural Networks ndash Perceptrons-Adaline ndash Backpropagation Multilayer perceptrons

ndash Radial Basis Function Networks ndash Unsupervised Learning and Other Neural Networks ndash Competitive

Learning Networks ndash Kohonen Self ndash Organizing Networks ndash Learning Vector Quantization ndash Hebbian

Learning

UNIT ndash IV NEURO FUZZY MODELING

Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems ndash Architecture ndash Hybrid Learning Algorithm ndash learning

Methods that Cross-fertilize ANFIS and RBFN ndash Coactive Neuro-Fuzzy Modeling ndash Framework ndash

Neuron Functions for Adaptive Networks ndash Neuro Fuzzy Spectrum

UNIT ndash V APPLICATION OF COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE

Printed Character Recognition ndash Inverse Kinematics Problems ndash Automobile Fuel Efficiency prediction ndash

Soft Computing for Color Recipe Prediction

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jang JSR

SunCT and

MizutaniE

Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft

Computing (5th Edition)

PHI Pearson

Education Asia

2004

2 Timothy JRoss Fuzzy Logic with

Engineering Application

(2nd

Edition)

McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Davis EGoldberg Genetic Algorithms

Search Optimization and

Machine Learning (4

th Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

2004

2 Rajasekaran S and

GAVPai Neural Networks Fuzzy

Logic and Genetic

Algorithms (5th Edition)

PHI New Delhi 2003

3 Eberhart R

Psimpson and

RDobbins

Computational

Intelligence PC Tools (3

rd Edition)

AP Professional

Boston

2003

12PMECSE03 MOBILE COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide basics for various techniques in Mobile Communications and Mobile Content

services

To learn the basics of Wireless voice and data communications technologies

To build working knowledge on various telephone and satellite networks

To study the working principles of wireless LAN and its standards

To build knowledge on various Mobile Computing algorithms

To build skills in working with Wireless application Protocols to develop mobile content

applications

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Medium Access Control ndash Motivation for Specialized MAC ndash SDMA ndash FDMA ndash DMACDMA ndash

Comparison of Access mechanisms ndash Tele communications GSM ndash DECTTETRA ndash UMTS ndash IMT-200 ndash

Satellite Systems Basics ndash Routing ndash Localization ndash Handover ndash Broadcast Systems Overview ndash Cyclic

Repetition of Data ndash Digital Audio Broadcasting ndash Digital Video Broadcasting

UNIT ndash II WIRELESS NETWORKS

Wireless LAN Infrared Vs Radio Transmission ndash Infrastructure Networks ndash Ad hoc Networks ndash IEEE

80211 ndash HIPERLAN ndash Bluetooth ndash Wireless ATM Working Group ndash Services ndash Reference Model ndash

Functions ndash Radio Access Layer ndash Handover- Location Management ndash Addressing Mobile Quality of

Service ndash Access Point Control Protocol

UNIT ndash III MOBILE NETWORK LAYER

Mobile IP Goals ndash Assumptions and Requirement ndash Entities ndash IP packet Delivery ndash Agent Advertisement

and Discovery ndash Registration ndash Tunneling and Encapsulation ndash Optimization ndash Reverse Tunneling ndash IPv6

ndash DHCP- Ad hoc Networks

UNIT ndash IV MOBILE TRANSPORT LAYER

Traditional TCP ndash Indirect TCP ndash Snooping TCP ndash Mobile TCP ndash Fast retransmit Fast Recovery ndash

Transmission Timeout Freezing ndash Selective Retransmission ndash Transaction Oriented TCP

UNIT ndash V WAP

Architecture ndash Datagram Protocol ndash Transport Layer Security ndash Transaction Protocol ndash Session Protocol ndash

Application Environment ndash Wireless Telephony Application

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Schiller J Mobile Communication

(5th Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2003

2 William Stallings Wireless

Communication and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2003

3 Singhal WAP-Wireless

Application Protocol

(2nd

Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Lother Merk Martin

S Nicklaus and

Thomas Stober

Principles of Mobile Computing (2

nd Edition)

Springer Asia 2003

2 William CYLee Mobile Communication

Design Fundamentals

(4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York

2003

12PMECSE04 DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts in distributing computing in operating systems

To enable the students to involve in research activities in recent trends

To make the students to get idea of distributed operating systems

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Characterization of Distributed Systems ndash Examples ndash Resource Sharing and the Web ndash Challenges ndash

System Models ndash Architectural and Fundamental Models ndash Networking and Internetworking ndash Types of

Networks ndash Network Principles ndash Internet Protocols ndash Case Studies

UNIT ndash II PROCESSES AND DISTRIBUTED OBJECTS

Interprocess Communication ndash The API for the Internet Protocols ndash External Data Representation and

Marshalling ndash Client-Server Communication ndash Group Communication ndash Case Study ndash Distributed Objects

and Remote Invocation ndash Communication Between Distributed Objects ndash Remote Procedure Call ndash

Events and Notifications ndash Java RMI ndash Case Study

UNIT ndash III OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash I

The OS Layer ndash Protection ndash Processes and Threads ndash Communication and Invocation ndash OS Architecture

ndash Security - Overview ndash Cryptographic Algorithms ndash Digital Signatures ndash Cryptography Pragmatics ndash

Case Studies ndash Distributed File Systems ndash File Service Architecture ndash Sun Network File System ndash The

Andrew File System

UNIT ndash IV OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash II

Name Services ndash Domain Name System ndash Directory and Discovery Services ndash Global Name Service ndash

X500 Directory Service ndash Clocks Events and Process States ndash Synchronizing Physical Clocks ndash Logical

Time And Logical Clocks ndash Global States ndash Distributed Debugging ndash Distributed Mutual Exclusion ndash

Elections ndash Multicast Communication Related Problems

UNIT ndash V DISTRIBUTED TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Transactions ndash Nested Transactions ndash Locks ndash Optimistic Concurrency Control ndash Timestamp Ordering ndash

Comparison ndash Flat and Nested Distributed Transactions ndash Atomic Commit Protocols ndash

Concurrency Control in Distributed Transactions ndash Distributed Deadlocks ndash Transaction Recovery ndash

Overview of Replication And Distributed Multimedia Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 George Coulouris Jean

Dollimore and Tim

Kindberg

Distributed Systems

Concepts and Design

(3rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2002

2 Sape Mullender Distributed Systems (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Albert Fleishman Distributes Systems-

Software Design and

Implementation (2nd

Edition)

Springer Verlag

New York 2004

2 Liu ML Distributed

Computing Principles

and Applications (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2004

3 Andrew S Tanenbaum

Maartenvan Steen Distributed Systems

ndash Principles and Paradigms (4

th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2002

4 Mugesh Singhal

Niranjan G Shivaratri Advanced Concepts

in Operating Systems (5

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE05 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the fundamental concepts of Multimedia To study the multimedia concepts and various Applications To enable the students to develop their creativity

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION AND QOS

Introduction ndash QOS Requirements and Constraints ndash Concepts ndash Resources ndash Establishment Phase ndash

Runtime Phase ndash Management Architectures

UNIT ndash II OPERATING SYSTEMS

Real-Time Processing ndash Scheduling ndash Interprocess Communication ndash Memory and Management ndash Server

Architecture ndash Disk Management

UNIT ndash III FILE SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS

Traditional and Multimedia File Systems ndash Caching Policy ndash Batching ndash Piggy backing ndash Ethernet ndash

Gigabit Ethernet ndash Token Ring ndash 100VG AnyLAN ndash Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) ndash ATM

Networks ndash MAN ndash WAN

UNIT ndash IV COMMUNICATION

Transport Subsystem ndash Protocol Support for QOS ndash Transport of Multimedia ndash Computer

Supported Cooperative Work ndash Architecture ndash Session Management ndash MBone Applications

UNIT ndash V SYNCHRONIZATION

Synchronization in Multimedia Systems ndash Presentation ndash Synchronization Types ndash Multimedia

Synchronization Methods ndash Case Studies ndash MHEG ndash MODE ndash ACME

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Multimedia Systems (1

st Edition)

Springer New

York 2004

2 Rao K R

Bojkovic Zoran S

Milovanovic

Dragorad A

Multimedia

Communication

Systems Techniques

Standards and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Media Coding and

Content Processing (3

rd Edition)

Prentice hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Vaughan T Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2000

3 Mark JB Sandra

KM Multimedia

Applications

Development using

DVI Technology (4

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2004

4 Rao K R Zoran

S Bojkovic

Dragorad A

Milovacovic D A

Milovacovic Ze ndash Nian Li and

Mark S Drew

Fundamentals of

Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Pearson education

Asia

2004

12PMECSE06 XML AND WEB SERVICES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the basic concepts of web services To study the XML techniques in real time application To study the security feature in web application

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Role Of XML ndash XML and The Web ndash XML Language Basics ndash SOAP ndash Web Services ndash Revolutions Of

XML ndash Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)

UNIT ndash II XML TECHNOLOGY

XML ndash Name Spaces ndash Structuring With Schemas and DTD ndash Presentation Techniques ndash Transformation

ndash XML Infrastructure

UNIT ndash III SOAP

Overview Of SOAP ndash HTTP ndash XML ndash RPC ndash SOAP Protocol ndash Message Structure ndash Intermediaries ndash

Actors ndash Design Patterns And Faults ndash SOAP With Attachments

UNIT ndash IV WEB SERVICES

Overview ndash Architecture ndash Key Technologies ndash UDDI ndash WSDL ndash ebXML ndash SOAP And

Web Services In E ndash Com ndash Overview Of NET And J2EE

UNIT ndash V XML SECURITY

Security Overview ndash Canonicalization ndash XML Security Framework ndash XML Encryption ndash

XML Digital Signature ndash XKMS Structure ndash Guidelines For Signing XML Documents ndash

XML In Practice

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Frank P Coyle XML Web Services And

The Data Revolution (2

nd Edition)

Pearson

Education

Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ramesh Nagappan

Robert Skoczylas

and Rima Patel

Sriganesh

Developing Java Web

Services (4th Edition)

Wiley Publishing

Inc New York 2004

2 Sandeep Chatterjee

James Webber Developing Enterprise Web

Services (4th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia 2004

3 McGovern et al Java Web Services

Architecture (3rd

Edition) Morgan

Kaufmann

Publishers New

Delhi

2005

12PMECSE07 BIO INFORMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the importance of Bio Informatics among the students

To study the relationship between Data mining with Bio informatics

To simulate the Biological tools using softwares

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

The Central Dogma ndash Killer Application ndash Parallel Universes ndash Watsonrsquos Definition ndash Top Down Vs

Bottom Up Approach ndash Information Flow ndash Conversance ndash Communications

UNIT ndash II DATABASE AND NETWORKS

Definition ndash Data Management ndash Data Life Cycle ndash Database Technology ndash Interfaces ndash Implementation

ndash Networks Communication Models ndash Transmission Technology ndash Protocols ndash Bandwidth ndash Topology ndash

Contents ndash Security ndash Ownership ndash Implementation

UNIT ndash III SEARCH ENGINES AND DATA VISUALIZATION

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE02 SOFT COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce the techniques of soft computing and adaptive neuro-fuzzy inferencing

systems which differ from conventional AI and computing in terms of its tolerance to

imprecision and uncertainty

To introduce the ideas of fuzzy sets fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human

experience

To become familiar with neural networks that can learn from available examples and

generalize to form appropriate rules for inferencing systems

To provide the mathematical background for carrying out the optimization associated

with neural network learning

UNIT ndash I FUZZY SET THEORY

Introduction to Neuro ndash Fuzzy and soft Computing ndash Fuzzy Sets ndash Basic Definition and Terminology ndash

Set-theoretic operations ndash Member Function Formulation and parameterization ndash Fuzzy Rules and Fuzzy

Reasoning ndash Extension principle and Fuzzy Relations ndash Fuzzy If-Then Rules ndash Fuzzy Reasoning ndash Fuzzy

Inference Systems ndash Mamdani Fuzzy Models ndash Sugeno Fuzzy Models ndash Tsukamoto Fuzzy Models ndash

Input Space Partitioning and Fuzzy Modeling

UNIT ndash II OPTIMIZATION

Derivative-based Optimization ndash Descent Methods ndash The Method of steepest Descent ndash Classical

Newtonrsquos Method ndash Step Size Determination ndash Derivative-free Optimization ndash Genetic Algorithms ndash

Simulated Annealing ndash Random Search ndash Downhill Simplex Search

UNIT ndash III NEURAL NETWORKS

Supervised Learning Neural Networks ndash Perceptrons-Adaline ndash Backpropagation Multilayer perceptrons

ndash Radial Basis Function Networks ndash Unsupervised Learning and Other Neural Networks ndash Competitive

Learning Networks ndash Kohonen Self ndash Organizing Networks ndash Learning Vector Quantization ndash Hebbian

Learning

UNIT ndash IV NEURO FUZZY MODELING

Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems ndash Architecture ndash Hybrid Learning Algorithm ndash learning

Methods that Cross-fertilize ANFIS and RBFN ndash Coactive Neuro-Fuzzy Modeling ndash Framework ndash

Neuron Functions for Adaptive Networks ndash Neuro Fuzzy Spectrum

UNIT ndash V APPLICATION OF COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE

Printed Character Recognition ndash Inverse Kinematics Problems ndash Automobile Fuel Efficiency prediction ndash

Soft Computing for Color Recipe Prediction

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jang JSR

SunCT and

MizutaniE

Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft

Computing (5th Edition)

PHI Pearson

Education Asia

2004

2 Timothy JRoss Fuzzy Logic with

Engineering Application

(2nd

Edition)

McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Davis EGoldberg Genetic Algorithms

Search Optimization and

Machine Learning (4

th Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

2004

2 Rajasekaran S and

GAVPai Neural Networks Fuzzy

Logic and Genetic

Algorithms (5th Edition)

PHI New Delhi 2003

3 Eberhart R

Psimpson and

RDobbins

Computational

Intelligence PC Tools (3

rd Edition)

AP Professional

Boston

2003

12PMECSE03 MOBILE COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide basics for various techniques in Mobile Communications and Mobile Content

services

To learn the basics of Wireless voice and data communications technologies

To build working knowledge on various telephone and satellite networks

To study the working principles of wireless LAN and its standards

To build knowledge on various Mobile Computing algorithms

To build skills in working with Wireless application Protocols to develop mobile content

applications

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Medium Access Control ndash Motivation for Specialized MAC ndash SDMA ndash FDMA ndash DMACDMA ndash

Comparison of Access mechanisms ndash Tele communications GSM ndash DECTTETRA ndash UMTS ndash IMT-200 ndash

Satellite Systems Basics ndash Routing ndash Localization ndash Handover ndash Broadcast Systems Overview ndash Cyclic

Repetition of Data ndash Digital Audio Broadcasting ndash Digital Video Broadcasting

UNIT ndash II WIRELESS NETWORKS

Wireless LAN Infrared Vs Radio Transmission ndash Infrastructure Networks ndash Ad hoc Networks ndash IEEE

80211 ndash HIPERLAN ndash Bluetooth ndash Wireless ATM Working Group ndash Services ndash Reference Model ndash

Functions ndash Radio Access Layer ndash Handover- Location Management ndash Addressing Mobile Quality of

Service ndash Access Point Control Protocol

UNIT ndash III MOBILE NETWORK LAYER

Mobile IP Goals ndash Assumptions and Requirement ndash Entities ndash IP packet Delivery ndash Agent Advertisement

and Discovery ndash Registration ndash Tunneling and Encapsulation ndash Optimization ndash Reverse Tunneling ndash IPv6

ndash DHCP- Ad hoc Networks

UNIT ndash IV MOBILE TRANSPORT LAYER

Traditional TCP ndash Indirect TCP ndash Snooping TCP ndash Mobile TCP ndash Fast retransmit Fast Recovery ndash

Transmission Timeout Freezing ndash Selective Retransmission ndash Transaction Oriented TCP

UNIT ndash V WAP

Architecture ndash Datagram Protocol ndash Transport Layer Security ndash Transaction Protocol ndash Session Protocol ndash

Application Environment ndash Wireless Telephony Application

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Schiller J Mobile Communication

(5th Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2003

2 William Stallings Wireless

Communication and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2003

3 Singhal WAP-Wireless

Application Protocol

(2nd

Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Lother Merk Martin

S Nicklaus and

Thomas Stober

Principles of Mobile Computing (2

nd Edition)

Springer Asia 2003

2 William CYLee Mobile Communication

Design Fundamentals

(4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York

2003

12PMECSE04 DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts in distributing computing in operating systems

To enable the students to involve in research activities in recent trends

To make the students to get idea of distributed operating systems

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Characterization of Distributed Systems ndash Examples ndash Resource Sharing and the Web ndash Challenges ndash

System Models ndash Architectural and Fundamental Models ndash Networking and Internetworking ndash Types of

Networks ndash Network Principles ndash Internet Protocols ndash Case Studies

UNIT ndash II PROCESSES AND DISTRIBUTED OBJECTS

Interprocess Communication ndash The API for the Internet Protocols ndash External Data Representation and

Marshalling ndash Client-Server Communication ndash Group Communication ndash Case Study ndash Distributed Objects

and Remote Invocation ndash Communication Between Distributed Objects ndash Remote Procedure Call ndash

Events and Notifications ndash Java RMI ndash Case Study

UNIT ndash III OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash I

The OS Layer ndash Protection ndash Processes and Threads ndash Communication and Invocation ndash OS Architecture

ndash Security - Overview ndash Cryptographic Algorithms ndash Digital Signatures ndash Cryptography Pragmatics ndash

Case Studies ndash Distributed File Systems ndash File Service Architecture ndash Sun Network File System ndash The

Andrew File System

UNIT ndash IV OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash II

Name Services ndash Domain Name System ndash Directory and Discovery Services ndash Global Name Service ndash

X500 Directory Service ndash Clocks Events and Process States ndash Synchronizing Physical Clocks ndash Logical

Time And Logical Clocks ndash Global States ndash Distributed Debugging ndash Distributed Mutual Exclusion ndash

Elections ndash Multicast Communication Related Problems

UNIT ndash V DISTRIBUTED TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Transactions ndash Nested Transactions ndash Locks ndash Optimistic Concurrency Control ndash Timestamp Ordering ndash

Comparison ndash Flat and Nested Distributed Transactions ndash Atomic Commit Protocols ndash

Concurrency Control in Distributed Transactions ndash Distributed Deadlocks ndash Transaction Recovery ndash

Overview of Replication And Distributed Multimedia Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 George Coulouris Jean

Dollimore and Tim

Kindberg

Distributed Systems

Concepts and Design

(3rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2002

2 Sape Mullender Distributed Systems (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Albert Fleishman Distributes Systems-

Software Design and

Implementation (2nd

Edition)

Springer Verlag

New York 2004

2 Liu ML Distributed

Computing Principles

and Applications (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2004

3 Andrew S Tanenbaum

Maartenvan Steen Distributed Systems

ndash Principles and Paradigms (4

th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2002

4 Mugesh Singhal

Niranjan G Shivaratri Advanced Concepts

in Operating Systems (5

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE05 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the fundamental concepts of Multimedia To study the multimedia concepts and various Applications To enable the students to develop their creativity

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION AND QOS

Introduction ndash QOS Requirements and Constraints ndash Concepts ndash Resources ndash Establishment Phase ndash

Runtime Phase ndash Management Architectures

UNIT ndash II OPERATING SYSTEMS

Real-Time Processing ndash Scheduling ndash Interprocess Communication ndash Memory and Management ndash Server

Architecture ndash Disk Management

UNIT ndash III FILE SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS

Traditional and Multimedia File Systems ndash Caching Policy ndash Batching ndash Piggy backing ndash Ethernet ndash

Gigabit Ethernet ndash Token Ring ndash 100VG AnyLAN ndash Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) ndash ATM

Networks ndash MAN ndash WAN

UNIT ndash IV COMMUNICATION

Transport Subsystem ndash Protocol Support for QOS ndash Transport of Multimedia ndash Computer

Supported Cooperative Work ndash Architecture ndash Session Management ndash MBone Applications

UNIT ndash V SYNCHRONIZATION

Synchronization in Multimedia Systems ndash Presentation ndash Synchronization Types ndash Multimedia

Synchronization Methods ndash Case Studies ndash MHEG ndash MODE ndash ACME

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Multimedia Systems (1

st Edition)

Springer New

York 2004

2 Rao K R

Bojkovic Zoran S

Milovanovic

Dragorad A

Multimedia

Communication

Systems Techniques

Standards and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Media Coding and

Content Processing (3

rd Edition)

Prentice hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Vaughan T Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2000

3 Mark JB Sandra

KM Multimedia

Applications

Development using

DVI Technology (4

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2004

4 Rao K R Zoran

S Bojkovic

Dragorad A

Milovacovic D A

Milovacovic Ze ndash Nian Li and

Mark S Drew

Fundamentals of

Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Pearson education

Asia

2004

12PMECSE06 XML AND WEB SERVICES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the basic concepts of web services To study the XML techniques in real time application To study the security feature in web application

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Role Of XML ndash XML and The Web ndash XML Language Basics ndash SOAP ndash Web Services ndash Revolutions Of

XML ndash Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)

UNIT ndash II XML TECHNOLOGY

XML ndash Name Spaces ndash Structuring With Schemas and DTD ndash Presentation Techniques ndash Transformation

ndash XML Infrastructure

UNIT ndash III SOAP

Overview Of SOAP ndash HTTP ndash XML ndash RPC ndash SOAP Protocol ndash Message Structure ndash Intermediaries ndash

Actors ndash Design Patterns And Faults ndash SOAP With Attachments

UNIT ndash IV WEB SERVICES

Overview ndash Architecture ndash Key Technologies ndash UDDI ndash WSDL ndash ebXML ndash SOAP And

Web Services In E ndash Com ndash Overview Of NET And J2EE

UNIT ndash V XML SECURITY

Security Overview ndash Canonicalization ndash XML Security Framework ndash XML Encryption ndash

XML Digital Signature ndash XKMS Structure ndash Guidelines For Signing XML Documents ndash

XML In Practice

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Frank P Coyle XML Web Services And

The Data Revolution (2

nd Edition)

Pearson

Education

Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ramesh Nagappan

Robert Skoczylas

and Rima Patel

Sriganesh

Developing Java Web

Services (4th Edition)

Wiley Publishing

Inc New York 2004

2 Sandeep Chatterjee

James Webber Developing Enterprise Web

Services (4th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia 2004

3 McGovern et al Java Web Services

Architecture (3rd

Edition) Morgan

Kaufmann

Publishers New

Delhi

2005

12PMECSE07 BIO INFORMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the importance of Bio Informatics among the students

To study the relationship between Data mining with Bio informatics

To simulate the Biological tools using softwares

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

The Central Dogma ndash Killer Application ndash Parallel Universes ndash Watsonrsquos Definition ndash Top Down Vs

Bottom Up Approach ndash Information Flow ndash Conversance ndash Communications

UNIT ndash II DATABASE AND NETWORKS

Definition ndash Data Management ndash Data Life Cycle ndash Database Technology ndash Interfaces ndash Implementation

ndash Networks Communication Models ndash Transmission Technology ndash Protocols ndash Bandwidth ndash Topology ndash

Contents ndash Security ndash Ownership ndash Implementation

UNIT ndash III SEARCH ENGINES AND DATA VISUALIZATION

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

Supervised Learning Neural Networks ndash Perceptrons-Adaline ndash Backpropagation Multilayer perceptrons

ndash Radial Basis Function Networks ndash Unsupervised Learning and Other Neural Networks ndash Competitive

Learning Networks ndash Kohonen Self ndash Organizing Networks ndash Learning Vector Quantization ndash Hebbian

Learning

UNIT ndash IV NEURO FUZZY MODELING

Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems ndash Architecture ndash Hybrid Learning Algorithm ndash learning

Methods that Cross-fertilize ANFIS and RBFN ndash Coactive Neuro-Fuzzy Modeling ndash Framework ndash

Neuron Functions for Adaptive Networks ndash Neuro Fuzzy Spectrum

UNIT ndash V APPLICATION OF COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE

Printed Character Recognition ndash Inverse Kinematics Problems ndash Automobile Fuel Efficiency prediction ndash

Soft Computing for Color Recipe Prediction

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jang JSR

SunCT and

MizutaniE

Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft

Computing (5th Edition)

PHI Pearson

Education Asia

2004

2 Timothy JRoss Fuzzy Logic with

Engineering Application

(2nd

Edition)

McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Davis EGoldberg Genetic Algorithms

Search Optimization and

Machine Learning (4

th Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

2004

2 Rajasekaran S and

GAVPai Neural Networks Fuzzy

Logic and Genetic

Algorithms (5th Edition)

PHI New Delhi 2003

3 Eberhart R

Psimpson and

RDobbins

Computational

Intelligence PC Tools (3

rd Edition)

AP Professional

Boston

2003

12PMECSE03 MOBILE COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide basics for various techniques in Mobile Communications and Mobile Content

services

To learn the basics of Wireless voice and data communications technologies

To build working knowledge on various telephone and satellite networks

To study the working principles of wireless LAN and its standards

To build knowledge on various Mobile Computing algorithms

To build skills in working with Wireless application Protocols to develop mobile content

applications

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Medium Access Control ndash Motivation for Specialized MAC ndash SDMA ndash FDMA ndash DMACDMA ndash

Comparison of Access mechanisms ndash Tele communications GSM ndash DECTTETRA ndash UMTS ndash IMT-200 ndash

Satellite Systems Basics ndash Routing ndash Localization ndash Handover ndash Broadcast Systems Overview ndash Cyclic

Repetition of Data ndash Digital Audio Broadcasting ndash Digital Video Broadcasting

UNIT ndash II WIRELESS NETWORKS

Wireless LAN Infrared Vs Radio Transmission ndash Infrastructure Networks ndash Ad hoc Networks ndash IEEE

80211 ndash HIPERLAN ndash Bluetooth ndash Wireless ATM Working Group ndash Services ndash Reference Model ndash

Functions ndash Radio Access Layer ndash Handover- Location Management ndash Addressing Mobile Quality of

Service ndash Access Point Control Protocol

UNIT ndash III MOBILE NETWORK LAYER

Mobile IP Goals ndash Assumptions and Requirement ndash Entities ndash IP packet Delivery ndash Agent Advertisement

and Discovery ndash Registration ndash Tunneling and Encapsulation ndash Optimization ndash Reverse Tunneling ndash IPv6

ndash DHCP- Ad hoc Networks

UNIT ndash IV MOBILE TRANSPORT LAYER

Traditional TCP ndash Indirect TCP ndash Snooping TCP ndash Mobile TCP ndash Fast retransmit Fast Recovery ndash

Transmission Timeout Freezing ndash Selective Retransmission ndash Transaction Oriented TCP

UNIT ndash V WAP

Architecture ndash Datagram Protocol ndash Transport Layer Security ndash Transaction Protocol ndash Session Protocol ndash

Application Environment ndash Wireless Telephony Application

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Schiller J Mobile Communication

(5th Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2003

2 William Stallings Wireless

Communication and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2003

3 Singhal WAP-Wireless

Application Protocol

(2nd

Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Lother Merk Martin

S Nicklaus and

Thomas Stober

Principles of Mobile Computing (2

nd Edition)

Springer Asia 2003

2 William CYLee Mobile Communication

Design Fundamentals

(4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York

2003

12PMECSE04 DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts in distributing computing in operating systems

To enable the students to involve in research activities in recent trends

To make the students to get idea of distributed operating systems

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Characterization of Distributed Systems ndash Examples ndash Resource Sharing and the Web ndash Challenges ndash

System Models ndash Architectural and Fundamental Models ndash Networking and Internetworking ndash Types of

Networks ndash Network Principles ndash Internet Protocols ndash Case Studies

UNIT ndash II PROCESSES AND DISTRIBUTED OBJECTS

Interprocess Communication ndash The API for the Internet Protocols ndash External Data Representation and

Marshalling ndash Client-Server Communication ndash Group Communication ndash Case Study ndash Distributed Objects

and Remote Invocation ndash Communication Between Distributed Objects ndash Remote Procedure Call ndash

Events and Notifications ndash Java RMI ndash Case Study

UNIT ndash III OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash I

The OS Layer ndash Protection ndash Processes and Threads ndash Communication and Invocation ndash OS Architecture

ndash Security - Overview ndash Cryptographic Algorithms ndash Digital Signatures ndash Cryptography Pragmatics ndash

Case Studies ndash Distributed File Systems ndash File Service Architecture ndash Sun Network File System ndash The

Andrew File System

UNIT ndash IV OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash II

Name Services ndash Domain Name System ndash Directory and Discovery Services ndash Global Name Service ndash

X500 Directory Service ndash Clocks Events and Process States ndash Synchronizing Physical Clocks ndash Logical

Time And Logical Clocks ndash Global States ndash Distributed Debugging ndash Distributed Mutual Exclusion ndash

Elections ndash Multicast Communication Related Problems

UNIT ndash V DISTRIBUTED TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Transactions ndash Nested Transactions ndash Locks ndash Optimistic Concurrency Control ndash Timestamp Ordering ndash

Comparison ndash Flat and Nested Distributed Transactions ndash Atomic Commit Protocols ndash

Concurrency Control in Distributed Transactions ndash Distributed Deadlocks ndash Transaction Recovery ndash

Overview of Replication And Distributed Multimedia Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 George Coulouris Jean

Dollimore and Tim

Kindberg

Distributed Systems

Concepts and Design

(3rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2002

2 Sape Mullender Distributed Systems (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Albert Fleishman Distributes Systems-

Software Design and

Implementation (2nd

Edition)

Springer Verlag

New York 2004

2 Liu ML Distributed

Computing Principles

and Applications (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2004

3 Andrew S Tanenbaum

Maartenvan Steen Distributed Systems

ndash Principles and Paradigms (4

th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2002

4 Mugesh Singhal

Niranjan G Shivaratri Advanced Concepts

in Operating Systems (5

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE05 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the fundamental concepts of Multimedia To study the multimedia concepts and various Applications To enable the students to develop their creativity

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION AND QOS

Introduction ndash QOS Requirements and Constraints ndash Concepts ndash Resources ndash Establishment Phase ndash

Runtime Phase ndash Management Architectures

UNIT ndash II OPERATING SYSTEMS

Real-Time Processing ndash Scheduling ndash Interprocess Communication ndash Memory and Management ndash Server

Architecture ndash Disk Management

UNIT ndash III FILE SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS

Traditional and Multimedia File Systems ndash Caching Policy ndash Batching ndash Piggy backing ndash Ethernet ndash

Gigabit Ethernet ndash Token Ring ndash 100VG AnyLAN ndash Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) ndash ATM

Networks ndash MAN ndash WAN

UNIT ndash IV COMMUNICATION

Transport Subsystem ndash Protocol Support for QOS ndash Transport of Multimedia ndash Computer

Supported Cooperative Work ndash Architecture ndash Session Management ndash MBone Applications

UNIT ndash V SYNCHRONIZATION

Synchronization in Multimedia Systems ndash Presentation ndash Synchronization Types ndash Multimedia

Synchronization Methods ndash Case Studies ndash MHEG ndash MODE ndash ACME

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Multimedia Systems (1

st Edition)

Springer New

York 2004

2 Rao K R

Bojkovic Zoran S

Milovanovic

Dragorad A

Multimedia

Communication

Systems Techniques

Standards and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Media Coding and

Content Processing (3

rd Edition)

Prentice hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Vaughan T Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2000

3 Mark JB Sandra

KM Multimedia

Applications

Development using

DVI Technology (4

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2004

4 Rao K R Zoran

S Bojkovic

Dragorad A

Milovacovic D A

Milovacovic Ze ndash Nian Li and

Mark S Drew

Fundamentals of

Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Pearson education

Asia

2004

12PMECSE06 XML AND WEB SERVICES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the basic concepts of web services To study the XML techniques in real time application To study the security feature in web application

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Role Of XML ndash XML and The Web ndash XML Language Basics ndash SOAP ndash Web Services ndash Revolutions Of

XML ndash Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)

UNIT ndash II XML TECHNOLOGY

XML ndash Name Spaces ndash Structuring With Schemas and DTD ndash Presentation Techniques ndash Transformation

ndash XML Infrastructure

UNIT ndash III SOAP

Overview Of SOAP ndash HTTP ndash XML ndash RPC ndash SOAP Protocol ndash Message Structure ndash Intermediaries ndash

Actors ndash Design Patterns And Faults ndash SOAP With Attachments

UNIT ndash IV WEB SERVICES

Overview ndash Architecture ndash Key Technologies ndash UDDI ndash WSDL ndash ebXML ndash SOAP And

Web Services In E ndash Com ndash Overview Of NET And J2EE

UNIT ndash V XML SECURITY

Security Overview ndash Canonicalization ndash XML Security Framework ndash XML Encryption ndash

XML Digital Signature ndash XKMS Structure ndash Guidelines For Signing XML Documents ndash

XML In Practice

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Frank P Coyle XML Web Services And

The Data Revolution (2

nd Edition)

Pearson

Education

Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ramesh Nagappan

Robert Skoczylas

and Rima Patel

Sriganesh

Developing Java Web

Services (4th Edition)

Wiley Publishing

Inc New York 2004

2 Sandeep Chatterjee

James Webber Developing Enterprise Web

Services (4th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia 2004

3 McGovern et al Java Web Services

Architecture (3rd

Edition) Morgan

Kaufmann

Publishers New

Delhi

2005

12PMECSE07 BIO INFORMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the importance of Bio Informatics among the students

To study the relationship between Data mining with Bio informatics

To simulate the Biological tools using softwares

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

The Central Dogma ndash Killer Application ndash Parallel Universes ndash Watsonrsquos Definition ndash Top Down Vs

Bottom Up Approach ndash Information Flow ndash Conversance ndash Communications

UNIT ndash II DATABASE AND NETWORKS

Definition ndash Data Management ndash Data Life Cycle ndash Database Technology ndash Interfaces ndash Implementation

ndash Networks Communication Models ndash Transmission Technology ndash Protocols ndash Bandwidth ndash Topology ndash

Contents ndash Security ndash Ownership ndash Implementation

UNIT ndash III SEARCH ENGINES AND DATA VISUALIZATION

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

3 Eberhart R

Psimpson and

RDobbins

Computational

Intelligence PC Tools (3

rd Edition)

AP Professional

Boston

2003

12PMECSE03 MOBILE COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide basics for various techniques in Mobile Communications and Mobile Content

services

To learn the basics of Wireless voice and data communications technologies

To build working knowledge on various telephone and satellite networks

To study the working principles of wireless LAN and its standards

To build knowledge on various Mobile Computing algorithms

To build skills in working with Wireless application Protocols to develop mobile content

applications

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Medium Access Control ndash Motivation for Specialized MAC ndash SDMA ndash FDMA ndash DMACDMA ndash

Comparison of Access mechanisms ndash Tele communications GSM ndash DECTTETRA ndash UMTS ndash IMT-200 ndash

Satellite Systems Basics ndash Routing ndash Localization ndash Handover ndash Broadcast Systems Overview ndash Cyclic

Repetition of Data ndash Digital Audio Broadcasting ndash Digital Video Broadcasting

UNIT ndash II WIRELESS NETWORKS

Wireless LAN Infrared Vs Radio Transmission ndash Infrastructure Networks ndash Ad hoc Networks ndash IEEE

80211 ndash HIPERLAN ndash Bluetooth ndash Wireless ATM Working Group ndash Services ndash Reference Model ndash

Functions ndash Radio Access Layer ndash Handover- Location Management ndash Addressing Mobile Quality of

Service ndash Access Point Control Protocol

UNIT ndash III MOBILE NETWORK LAYER

Mobile IP Goals ndash Assumptions and Requirement ndash Entities ndash IP packet Delivery ndash Agent Advertisement

and Discovery ndash Registration ndash Tunneling and Encapsulation ndash Optimization ndash Reverse Tunneling ndash IPv6

ndash DHCP- Ad hoc Networks

UNIT ndash IV MOBILE TRANSPORT LAYER

Traditional TCP ndash Indirect TCP ndash Snooping TCP ndash Mobile TCP ndash Fast retransmit Fast Recovery ndash

Transmission Timeout Freezing ndash Selective Retransmission ndash Transaction Oriented TCP

UNIT ndash V WAP

Architecture ndash Datagram Protocol ndash Transport Layer Security ndash Transaction Protocol ndash Session Protocol ndash

Application Environment ndash Wireless Telephony Application

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Schiller J Mobile Communication

(5th Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2003

2 William Stallings Wireless

Communication and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2003

3 Singhal WAP-Wireless

Application Protocol

(2nd

Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Lother Merk Martin

S Nicklaus and

Thomas Stober

Principles of Mobile Computing (2

nd Edition)

Springer Asia 2003

2 William CYLee Mobile Communication

Design Fundamentals

(4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York

2003

12PMECSE04 DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts in distributing computing in operating systems

To enable the students to involve in research activities in recent trends

To make the students to get idea of distributed operating systems

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Characterization of Distributed Systems ndash Examples ndash Resource Sharing and the Web ndash Challenges ndash

System Models ndash Architectural and Fundamental Models ndash Networking and Internetworking ndash Types of

Networks ndash Network Principles ndash Internet Protocols ndash Case Studies

UNIT ndash II PROCESSES AND DISTRIBUTED OBJECTS

Interprocess Communication ndash The API for the Internet Protocols ndash External Data Representation and

Marshalling ndash Client-Server Communication ndash Group Communication ndash Case Study ndash Distributed Objects

and Remote Invocation ndash Communication Between Distributed Objects ndash Remote Procedure Call ndash

Events and Notifications ndash Java RMI ndash Case Study

UNIT ndash III OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash I

The OS Layer ndash Protection ndash Processes and Threads ndash Communication and Invocation ndash OS Architecture

ndash Security - Overview ndash Cryptographic Algorithms ndash Digital Signatures ndash Cryptography Pragmatics ndash

Case Studies ndash Distributed File Systems ndash File Service Architecture ndash Sun Network File System ndash The

Andrew File System

UNIT ndash IV OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash II

Name Services ndash Domain Name System ndash Directory and Discovery Services ndash Global Name Service ndash

X500 Directory Service ndash Clocks Events and Process States ndash Synchronizing Physical Clocks ndash Logical

Time And Logical Clocks ndash Global States ndash Distributed Debugging ndash Distributed Mutual Exclusion ndash

Elections ndash Multicast Communication Related Problems

UNIT ndash V DISTRIBUTED TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Transactions ndash Nested Transactions ndash Locks ndash Optimistic Concurrency Control ndash Timestamp Ordering ndash

Comparison ndash Flat and Nested Distributed Transactions ndash Atomic Commit Protocols ndash

Concurrency Control in Distributed Transactions ndash Distributed Deadlocks ndash Transaction Recovery ndash

Overview of Replication And Distributed Multimedia Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 George Coulouris Jean

Dollimore and Tim

Kindberg

Distributed Systems

Concepts and Design

(3rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2002

2 Sape Mullender Distributed Systems (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Albert Fleishman Distributes Systems-

Software Design and

Implementation (2nd

Edition)

Springer Verlag

New York 2004

2 Liu ML Distributed

Computing Principles

and Applications (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2004

3 Andrew S Tanenbaum

Maartenvan Steen Distributed Systems

ndash Principles and Paradigms (4

th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2002

4 Mugesh Singhal

Niranjan G Shivaratri Advanced Concepts

in Operating Systems (5

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE05 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the fundamental concepts of Multimedia To study the multimedia concepts and various Applications To enable the students to develop their creativity

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION AND QOS

Introduction ndash QOS Requirements and Constraints ndash Concepts ndash Resources ndash Establishment Phase ndash

Runtime Phase ndash Management Architectures

UNIT ndash II OPERATING SYSTEMS

Real-Time Processing ndash Scheduling ndash Interprocess Communication ndash Memory and Management ndash Server

Architecture ndash Disk Management

UNIT ndash III FILE SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS

Traditional and Multimedia File Systems ndash Caching Policy ndash Batching ndash Piggy backing ndash Ethernet ndash

Gigabit Ethernet ndash Token Ring ndash 100VG AnyLAN ndash Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) ndash ATM

Networks ndash MAN ndash WAN

UNIT ndash IV COMMUNICATION

Transport Subsystem ndash Protocol Support for QOS ndash Transport of Multimedia ndash Computer

Supported Cooperative Work ndash Architecture ndash Session Management ndash MBone Applications

UNIT ndash V SYNCHRONIZATION

Synchronization in Multimedia Systems ndash Presentation ndash Synchronization Types ndash Multimedia

Synchronization Methods ndash Case Studies ndash MHEG ndash MODE ndash ACME

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Multimedia Systems (1

st Edition)

Springer New

York 2004

2 Rao K R

Bojkovic Zoran S

Milovanovic

Dragorad A

Multimedia

Communication

Systems Techniques

Standards and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Media Coding and

Content Processing (3

rd Edition)

Prentice hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Vaughan T Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2000

3 Mark JB Sandra

KM Multimedia

Applications

Development using

DVI Technology (4

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2004

4 Rao K R Zoran

S Bojkovic

Dragorad A

Milovacovic D A

Milovacovic Ze ndash Nian Li and

Mark S Drew

Fundamentals of

Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Pearson education

Asia

2004

12PMECSE06 XML AND WEB SERVICES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the basic concepts of web services To study the XML techniques in real time application To study the security feature in web application

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Role Of XML ndash XML and The Web ndash XML Language Basics ndash SOAP ndash Web Services ndash Revolutions Of

XML ndash Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)

UNIT ndash II XML TECHNOLOGY

XML ndash Name Spaces ndash Structuring With Schemas and DTD ndash Presentation Techniques ndash Transformation

ndash XML Infrastructure

UNIT ndash III SOAP

Overview Of SOAP ndash HTTP ndash XML ndash RPC ndash SOAP Protocol ndash Message Structure ndash Intermediaries ndash

Actors ndash Design Patterns And Faults ndash SOAP With Attachments

UNIT ndash IV WEB SERVICES

Overview ndash Architecture ndash Key Technologies ndash UDDI ndash WSDL ndash ebXML ndash SOAP And

Web Services In E ndash Com ndash Overview Of NET And J2EE

UNIT ndash V XML SECURITY

Security Overview ndash Canonicalization ndash XML Security Framework ndash XML Encryption ndash

XML Digital Signature ndash XKMS Structure ndash Guidelines For Signing XML Documents ndash

XML In Practice

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Frank P Coyle XML Web Services And

The Data Revolution (2

nd Edition)

Pearson

Education

Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ramesh Nagappan

Robert Skoczylas

and Rima Patel

Sriganesh

Developing Java Web

Services (4th Edition)

Wiley Publishing

Inc New York 2004

2 Sandeep Chatterjee

James Webber Developing Enterprise Web

Services (4th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia 2004

3 McGovern et al Java Web Services

Architecture (3rd

Edition) Morgan

Kaufmann

Publishers New

Delhi

2005

12PMECSE07 BIO INFORMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the importance of Bio Informatics among the students

To study the relationship between Data mining with Bio informatics

To simulate the Biological tools using softwares

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

The Central Dogma ndash Killer Application ndash Parallel Universes ndash Watsonrsquos Definition ndash Top Down Vs

Bottom Up Approach ndash Information Flow ndash Conversance ndash Communications

UNIT ndash II DATABASE AND NETWORKS

Definition ndash Data Management ndash Data Life Cycle ndash Database Technology ndash Interfaces ndash Implementation

ndash Networks Communication Models ndash Transmission Technology ndash Protocols ndash Bandwidth ndash Topology ndash

Contents ndash Security ndash Ownership ndash Implementation

UNIT ndash III SEARCH ENGINES AND DATA VISUALIZATION

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

Wireless LAN Infrared Vs Radio Transmission ndash Infrastructure Networks ndash Ad hoc Networks ndash IEEE

80211 ndash HIPERLAN ndash Bluetooth ndash Wireless ATM Working Group ndash Services ndash Reference Model ndash

Functions ndash Radio Access Layer ndash Handover- Location Management ndash Addressing Mobile Quality of

Service ndash Access Point Control Protocol

UNIT ndash III MOBILE NETWORK LAYER

Mobile IP Goals ndash Assumptions and Requirement ndash Entities ndash IP packet Delivery ndash Agent Advertisement

and Discovery ndash Registration ndash Tunneling and Encapsulation ndash Optimization ndash Reverse Tunneling ndash IPv6

ndash DHCP- Ad hoc Networks

UNIT ndash IV MOBILE TRANSPORT LAYER

Traditional TCP ndash Indirect TCP ndash Snooping TCP ndash Mobile TCP ndash Fast retransmit Fast Recovery ndash

Transmission Timeout Freezing ndash Selective Retransmission ndash Transaction Oriented TCP

UNIT ndash V WAP

Architecture ndash Datagram Protocol ndash Transport Layer Security ndash Transaction Protocol ndash Session Protocol ndash

Application Environment ndash Wireless Telephony Application

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Schiller J Mobile Communication

(5th Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2003

2 William Stallings Wireless

Communication and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2003

3 Singhal WAP-Wireless

Application Protocol

(2nd

Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Lother Merk Martin

S Nicklaus and

Thomas Stober

Principles of Mobile Computing (2

nd Edition)

Springer Asia 2003

2 William CYLee Mobile Communication

Design Fundamentals

(4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York

2003

12PMECSE04 DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts in distributing computing in operating systems

To enable the students to involve in research activities in recent trends

To make the students to get idea of distributed operating systems

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Characterization of Distributed Systems ndash Examples ndash Resource Sharing and the Web ndash Challenges ndash

System Models ndash Architectural and Fundamental Models ndash Networking and Internetworking ndash Types of

Networks ndash Network Principles ndash Internet Protocols ndash Case Studies

UNIT ndash II PROCESSES AND DISTRIBUTED OBJECTS

Interprocess Communication ndash The API for the Internet Protocols ndash External Data Representation and

Marshalling ndash Client-Server Communication ndash Group Communication ndash Case Study ndash Distributed Objects

and Remote Invocation ndash Communication Between Distributed Objects ndash Remote Procedure Call ndash

Events and Notifications ndash Java RMI ndash Case Study

UNIT ndash III OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash I

The OS Layer ndash Protection ndash Processes and Threads ndash Communication and Invocation ndash OS Architecture

ndash Security - Overview ndash Cryptographic Algorithms ndash Digital Signatures ndash Cryptography Pragmatics ndash

Case Studies ndash Distributed File Systems ndash File Service Architecture ndash Sun Network File System ndash The

Andrew File System

UNIT ndash IV OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash II

Name Services ndash Domain Name System ndash Directory and Discovery Services ndash Global Name Service ndash

X500 Directory Service ndash Clocks Events and Process States ndash Synchronizing Physical Clocks ndash Logical

Time And Logical Clocks ndash Global States ndash Distributed Debugging ndash Distributed Mutual Exclusion ndash

Elections ndash Multicast Communication Related Problems

UNIT ndash V DISTRIBUTED TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Transactions ndash Nested Transactions ndash Locks ndash Optimistic Concurrency Control ndash Timestamp Ordering ndash

Comparison ndash Flat and Nested Distributed Transactions ndash Atomic Commit Protocols ndash

Concurrency Control in Distributed Transactions ndash Distributed Deadlocks ndash Transaction Recovery ndash

Overview of Replication And Distributed Multimedia Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 George Coulouris Jean

Dollimore and Tim

Kindberg

Distributed Systems

Concepts and Design

(3rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2002

2 Sape Mullender Distributed Systems (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Albert Fleishman Distributes Systems-

Software Design and

Implementation (2nd

Edition)

Springer Verlag

New York 2004

2 Liu ML Distributed

Computing Principles

and Applications (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2004

3 Andrew S Tanenbaum

Maartenvan Steen Distributed Systems

ndash Principles and Paradigms (4

th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2002

4 Mugesh Singhal

Niranjan G Shivaratri Advanced Concepts

in Operating Systems (5

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE05 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the fundamental concepts of Multimedia To study the multimedia concepts and various Applications To enable the students to develop their creativity

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION AND QOS

Introduction ndash QOS Requirements and Constraints ndash Concepts ndash Resources ndash Establishment Phase ndash

Runtime Phase ndash Management Architectures

UNIT ndash II OPERATING SYSTEMS

Real-Time Processing ndash Scheduling ndash Interprocess Communication ndash Memory and Management ndash Server

Architecture ndash Disk Management

UNIT ndash III FILE SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS

Traditional and Multimedia File Systems ndash Caching Policy ndash Batching ndash Piggy backing ndash Ethernet ndash

Gigabit Ethernet ndash Token Ring ndash 100VG AnyLAN ndash Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) ndash ATM

Networks ndash MAN ndash WAN

UNIT ndash IV COMMUNICATION

Transport Subsystem ndash Protocol Support for QOS ndash Transport of Multimedia ndash Computer

Supported Cooperative Work ndash Architecture ndash Session Management ndash MBone Applications

UNIT ndash V SYNCHRONIZATION

Synchronization in Multimedia Systems ndash Presentation ndash Synchronization Types ndash Multimedia

Synchronization Methods ndash Case Studies ndash MHEG ndash MODE ndash ACME

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Multimedia Systems (1

st Edition)

Springer New

York 2004

2 Rao K R

Bojkovic Zoran S

Milovanovic

Dragorad A

Multimedia

Communication

Systems Techniques

Standards and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Media Coding and

Content Processing (3

rd Edition)

Prentice hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Vaughan T Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2000

3 Mark JB Sandra

KM Multimedia

Applications

Development using

DVI Technology (4

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2004

4 Rao K R Zoran

S Bojkovic

Dragorad A

Milovacovic D A

Milovacovic Ze ndash Nian Li and

Mark S Drew

Fundamentals of

Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Pearson education

Asia

2004

12PMECSE06 XML AND WEB SERVICES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the basic concepts of web services To study the XML techniques in real time application To study the security feature in web application

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Role Of XML ndash XML and The Web ndash XML Language Basics ndash SOAP ndash Web Services ndash Revolutions Of

XML ndash Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)

UNIT ndash II XML TECHNOLOGY

XML ndash Name Spaces ndash Structuring With Schemas and DTD ndash Presentation Techniques ndash Transformation

ndash XML Infrastructure

UNIT ndash III SOAP

Overview Of SOAP ndash HTTP ndash XML ndash RPC ndash SOAP Protocol ndash Message Structure ndash Intermediaries ndash

Actors ndash Design Patterns And Faults ndash SOAP With Attachments

UNIT ndash IV WEB SERVICES

Overview ndash Architecture ndash Key Technologies ndash UDDI ndash WSDL ndash ebXML ndash SOAP And

Web Services In E ndash Com ndash Overview Of NET And J2EE

UNIT ndash V XML SECURITY

Security Overview ndash Canonicalization ndash XML Security Framework ndash XML Encryption ndash

XML Digital Signature ndash XKMS Structure ndash Guidelines For Signing XML Documents ndash

XML In Practice

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Frank P Coyle XML Web Services And

The Data Revolution (2

nd Edition)

Pearson

Education

Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ramesh Nagappan

Robert Skoczylas

and Rima Patel

Sriganesh

Developing Java Web

Services (4th Edition)

Wiley Publishing

Inc New York 2004

2 Sandeep Chatterjee

James Webber Developing Enterprise Web

Services (4th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia 2004

3 McGovern et al Java Web Services

Architecture (3rd

Edition) Morgan

Kaufmann

Publishers New

Delhi

2005

12PMECSE07 BIO INFORMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the importance of Bio Informatics among the students

To study the relationship between Data mining with Bio informatics

To simulate the Biological tools using softwares

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

The Central Dogma ndash Killer Application ndash Parallel Universes ndash Watsonrsquos Definition ndash Top Down Vs

Bottom Up Approach ndash Information Flow ndash Conversance ndash Communications

UNIT ndash II DATABASE AND NETWORKS

Definition ndash Data Management ndash Data Life Cycle ndash Database Technology ndash Interfaces ndash Implementation

ndash Networks Communication Models ndash Transmission Technology ndash Protocols ndash Bandwidth ndash Topology ndash

Contents ndash Security ndash Ownership ndash Implementation

UNIT ndash III SEARCH ENGINES AND DATA VISUALIZATION

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Lother Merk Martin

S Nicklaus and

Thomas Stober

Principles of Mobile Computing (2

nd Edition)

Springer Asia 2003

2 William CYLee Mobile Communication

Design Fundamentals

(4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York

2003

12PMECSE04 DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts in distributing computing in operating systems

To enable the students to involve in research activities in recent trends

To make the students to get idea of distributed operating systems

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Characterization of Distributed Systems ndash Examples ndash Resource Sharing and the Web ndash Challenges ndash

System Models ndash Architectural and Fundamental Models ndash Networking and Internetworking ndash Types of

Networks ndash Network Principles ndash Internet Protocols ndash Case Studies

UNIT ndash II PROCESSES AND DISTRIBUTED OBJECTS

Interprocess Communication ndash The API for the Internet Protocols ndash External Data Representation and

Marshalling ndash Client-Server Communication ndash Group Communication ndash Case Study ndash Distributed Objects

and Remote Invocation ndash Communication Between Distributed Objects ndash Remote Procedure Call ndash

Events and Notifications ndash Java RMI ndash Case Study

UNIT ndash III OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash I

The OS Layer ndash Protection ndash Processes and Threads ndash Communication and Invocation ndash OS Architecture

ndash Security - Overview ndash Cryptographic Algorithms ndash Digital Signatures ndash Cryptography Pragmatics ndash

Case Studies ndash Distributed File Systems ndash File Service Architecture ndash Sun Network File System ndash The

Andrew File System

UNIT ndash IV OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash II

Name Services ndash Domain Name System ndash Directory and Discovery Services ndash Global Name Service ndash

X500 Directory Service ndash Clocks Events and Process States ndash Synchronizing Physical Clocks ndash Logical

Time And Logical Clocks ndash Global States ndash Distributed Debugging ndash Distributed Mutual Exclusion ndash

Elections ndash Multicast Communication Related Problems

UNIT ndash V DISTRIBUTED TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Transactions ndash Nested Transactions ndash Locks ndash Optimistic Concurrency Control ndash Timestamp Ordering ndash

Comparison ndash Flat and Nested Distributed Transactions ndash Atomic Commit Protocols ndash

Concurrency Control in Distributed Transactions ndash Distributed Deadlocks ndash Transaction Recovery ndash

Overview of Replication And Distributed Multimedia Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 George Coulouris Jean

Dollimore and Tim

Kindberg

Distributed Systems

Concepts and Design

(3rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2002

2 Sape Mullender Distributed Systems (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Albert Fleishman Distributes Systems-

Software Design and

Implementation (2nd

Edition)

Springer Verlag

New York 2004

2 Liu ML Distributed

Computing Principles

and Applications (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2004

3 Andrew S Tanenbaum

Maartenvan Steen Distributed Systems

ndash Principles and Paradigms (4

th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2002

4 Mugesh Singhal

Niranjan G Shivaratri Advanced Concepts

in Operating Systems (5

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE05 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the fundamental concepts of Multimedia To study the multimedia concepts and various Applications To enable the students to develop their creativity

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION AND QOS

Introduction ndash QOS Requirements and Constraints ndash Concepts ndash Resources ndash Establishment Phase ndash

Runtime Phase ndash Management Architectures

UNIT ndash II OPERATING SYSTEMS

Real-Time Processing ndash Scheduling ndash Interprocess Communication ndash Memory and Management ndash Server

Architecture ndash Disk Management

UNIT ndash III FILE SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS

Traditional and Multimedia File Systems ndash Caching Policy ndash Batching ndash Piggy backing ndash Ethernet ndash

Gigabit Ethernet ndash Token Ring ndash 100VG AnyLAN ndash Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) ndash ATM

Networks ndash MAN ndash WAN

UNIT ndash IV COMMUNICATION

Transport Subsystem ndash Protocol Support for QOS ndash Transport of Multimedia ndash Computer

Supported Cooperative Work ndash Architecture ndash Session Management ndash MBone Applications

UNIT ndash V SYNCHRONIZATION

Synchronization in Multimedia Systems ndash Presentation ndash Synchronization Types ndash Multimedia

Synchronization Methods ndash Case Studies ndash MHEG ndash MODE ndash ACME

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Multimedia Systems (1

st Edition)

Springer New

York 2004

2 Rao K R

Bojkovic Zoran S

Milovanovic

Dragorad A

Multimedia

Communication

Systems Techniques

Standards and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Media Coding and

Content Processing (3

rd Edition)

Prentice hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Vaughan T Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2000

3 Mark JB Sandra

KM Multimedia

Applications

Development using

DVI Technology (4

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2004

4 Rao K R Zoran

S Bojkovic

Dragorad A

Milovacovic D A

Milovacovic Ze ndash Nian Li and

Mark S Drew

Fundamentals of

Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Pearson education

Asia

2004

12PMECSE06 XML AND WEB SERVICES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the basic concepts of web services To study the XML techniques in real time application To study the security feature in web application

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Role Of XML ndash XML and The Web ndash XML Language Basics ndash SOAP ndash Web Services ndash Revolutions Of

XML ndash Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)

UNIT ndash II XML TECHNOLOGY

XML ndash Name Spaces ndash Structuring With Schemas and DTD ndash Presentation Techniques ndash Transformation

ndash XML Infrastructure

UNIT ndash III SOAP

Overview Of SOAP ndash HTTP ndash XML ndash RPC ndash SOAP Protocol ndash Message Structure ndash Intermediaries ndash

Actors ndash Design Patterns And Faults ndash SOAP With Attachments

UNIT ndash IV WEB SERVICES

Overview ndash Architecture ndash Key Technologies ndash UDDI ndash WSDL ndash ebXML ndash SOAP And

Web Services In E ndash Com ndash Overview Of NET And J2EE

UNIT ndash V XML SECURITY

Security Overview ndash Canonicalization ndash XML Security Framework ndash XML Encryption ndash

XML Digital Signature ndash XKMS Structure ndash Guidelines For Signing XML Documents ndash

XML In Practice

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Frank P Coyle XML Web Services And

The Data Revolution (2

nd Edition)

Pearson

Education

Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ramesh Nagappan

Robert Skoczylas

and Rima Patel

Sriganesh

Developing Java Web

Services (4th Edition)

Wiley Publishing

Inc New York 2004

2 Sandeep Chatterjee

James Webber Developing Enterprise Web

Services (4th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia 2004

3 McGovern et al Java Web Services

Architecture (3rd

Edition) Morgan

Kaufmann

Publishers New

Delhi

2005

12PMECSE07 BIO INFORMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the importance of Bio Informatics among the students

To study the relationship between Data mining with Bio informatics

To simulate the Biological tools using softwares

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

The Central Dogma ndash Killer Application ndash Parallel Universes ndash Watsonrsquos Definition ndash Top Down Vs

Bottom Up Approach ndash Information Flow ndash Conversance ndash Communications

UNIT ndash II DATABASE AND NETWORKS

Definition ndash Data Management ndash Data Life Cycle ndash Database Technology ndash Interfaces ndash Implementation

ndash Networks Communication Models ndash Transmission Technology ndash Protocols ndash Bandwidth ndash Topology ndash

Contents ndash Security ndash Ownership ndash Implementation

UNIT ndash III SEARCH ENGINES AND DATA VISUALIZATION

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

UNIT ndash II PROCESSES AND DISTRIBUTED OBJECTS

Interprocess Communication ndash The API for the Internet Protocols ndash External Data Representation and

Marshalling ndash Client-Server Communication ndash Group Communication ndash Case Study ndash Distributed Objects

and Remote Invocation ndash Communication Between Distributed Objects ndash Remote Procedure Call ndash

Events and Notifications ndash Java RMI ndash Case Study

UNIT ndash III OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash I

The OS Layer ndash Protection ndash Processes and Threads ndash Communication and Invocation ndash OS Architecture

ndash Security - Overview ndash Cryptographic Algorithms ndash Digital Signatures ndash Cryptography Pragmatics ndash

Case Studies ndash Distributed File Systems ndash File Service Architecture ndash Sun Network File System ndash The

Andrew File System

UNIT ndash IV OPERATING SYSTEM ISSUES ndash II

Name Services ndash Domain Name System ndash Directory and Discovery Services ndash Global Name Service ndash

X500 Directory Service ndash Clocks Events and Process States ndash Synchronizing Physical Clocks ndash Logical

Time And Logical Clocks ndash Global States ndash Distributed Debugging ndash Distributed Mutual Exclusion ndash

Elections ndash Multicast Communication Related Problems

UNIT ndash V DISTRIBUTED TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Transactions ndash Nested Transactions ndash Locks ndash Optimistic Concurrency Control ndash Timestamp Ordering ndash

Comparison ndash Flat and Nested Distributed Transactions ndash Atomic Commit Protocols ndash

Concurrency Control in Distributed Transactions ndash Distributed Deadlocks ndash Transaction Recovery ndash

Overview of Replication And Distributed Multimedia Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 George Coulouris Jean

Dollimore and Tim

Kindberg

Distributed Systems

Concepts and Design

(3rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2002

2 Sape Mullender Distributed Systems (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Albert Fleishman Distributes Systems-

Software Design and

Implementation (2nd

Edition)

Springer Verlag

New York 2004

2 Liu ML Distributed

Computing Principles

and Applications (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2004

3 Andrew S Tanenbaum

Maartenvan Steen Distributed Systems

ndash Principles and Paradigms (4

th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2002

4 Mugesh Singhal

Niranjan G Shivaratri Advanced Concepts

in Operating Systems (5

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE05 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the fundamental concepts of Multimedia To study the multimedia concepts and various Applications To enable the students to develop their creativity

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION AND QOS

Introduction ndash QOS Requirements and Constraints ndash Concepts ndash Resources ndash Establishment Phase ndash

Runtime Phase ndash Management Architectures

UNIT ndash II OPERATING SYSTEMS

Real-Time Processing ndash Scheduling ndash Interprocess Communication ndash Memory and Management ndash Server

Architecture ndash Disk Management

UNIT ndash III FILE SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS

Traditional and Multimedia File Systems ndash Caching Policy ndash Batching ndash Piggy backing ndash Ethernet ndash

Gigabit Ethernet ndash Token Ring ndash 100VG AnyLAN ndash Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) ndash ATM

Networks ndash MAN ndash WAN

UNIT ndash IV COMMUNICATION

Transport Subsystem ndash Protocol Support for QOS ndash Transport of Multimedia ndash Computer

Supported Cooperative Work ndash Architecture ndash Session Management ndash MBone Applications

UNIT ndash V SYNCHRONIZATION

Synchronization in Multimedia Systems ndash Presentation ndash Synchronization Types ndash Multimedia

Synchronization Methods ndash Case Studies ndash MHEG ndash MODE ndash ACME

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Multimedia Systems (1

st Edition)

Springer New

York 2004

2 Rao K R

Bojkovic Zoran S

Milovanovic

Dragorad A

Multimedia

Communication

Systems Techniques

Standards and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Media Coding and

Content Processing (3

rd Edition)

Prentice hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Vaughan T Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2000

3 Mark JB Sandra

KM Multimedia

Applications

Development using

DVI Technology (4

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2004

4 Rao K R Zoran

S Bojkovic

Dragorad A

Milovacovic D A

Milovacovic Ze ndash Nian Li and

Mark S Drew

Fundamentals of

Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Pearson education

Asia

2004

12PMECSE06 XML AND WEB SERVICES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the basic concepts of web services To study the XML techniques in real time application To study the security feature in web application

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Role Of XML ndash XML and The Web ndash XML Language Basics ndash SOAP ndash Web Services ndash Revolutions Of

XML ndash Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)

UNIT ndash II XML TECHNOLOGY

XML ndash Name Spaces ndash Structuring With Schemas and DTD ndash Presentation Techniques ndash Transformation

ndash XML Infrastructure

UNIT ndash III SOAP

Overview Of SOAP ndash HTTP ndash XML ndash RPC ndash SOAP Protocol ndash Message Structure ndash Intermediaries ndash

Actors ndash Design Patterns And Faults ndash SOAP With Attachments

UNIT ndash IV WEB SERVICES

Overview ndash Architecture ndash Key Technologies ndash UDDI ndash WSDL ndash ebXML ndash SOAP And

Web Services In E ndash Com ndash Overview Of NET And J2EE

UNIT ndash V XML SECURITY

Security Overview ndash Canonicalization ndash XML Security Framework ndash XML Encryption ndash

XML Digital Signature ndash XKMS Structure ndash Guidelines For Signing XML Documents ndash

XML In Practice

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Frank P Coyle XML Web Services And

The Data Revolution (2

nd Edition)

Pearson

Education

Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ramesh Nagappan

Robert Skoczylas

and Rima Patel

Sriganesh

Developing Java Web

Services (4th Edition)

Wiley Publishing

Inc New York 2004

2 Sandeep Chatterjee

James Webber Developing Enterprise Web

Services (4th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia 2004

3 McGovern et al Java Web Services

Architecture (3rd

Edition) Morgan

Kaufmann

Publishers New

Delhi

2005

12PMECSE07 BIO INFORMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the importance of Bio Informatics among the students

To study the relationship between Data mining with Bio informatics

To simulate the Biological tools using softwares

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

The Central Dogma ndash Killer Application ndash Parallel Universes ndash Watsonrsquos Definition ndash Top Down Vs

Bottom Up Approach ndash Information Flow ndash Conversance ndash Communications

UNIT ndash II DATABASE AND NETWORKS

Definition ndash Data Management ndash Data Life Cycle ndash Database Technology ndash Interfaces ndash Implementation

ndash Networks Communication Models ndash Transmission Technology ndash Protocols ndash Bandwidth ndash Topology ndash

Contents ndash Security ndash Ownership ndash Implementation

UNIT ndash III SEARCH ENGINES AND DATA VISUALIZATION

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

UNIT ndash V DISTRIBUTED TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Transactions ndash Nested Transactions ndash Locks ndash Optimistic Concurrency Control ndash Timestamp Ordering ndash

Comparison ndash Flat and Nested Distributed Transactions ndash Atomic Commit Protocols ndash

Concurrency Control in Distributed Transactions ndash Distributed Deadlocks ndash Transaction Recovery ndash

Overview of Replication And Distributed Multimedia Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 George Coulouris Jean

Dollimore and Tim

Kindberg

Distributed Systems

Concepts and Design

(3rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2002

2 Sape Mullender Distributed Systems (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Albert Fleishman Distributes Systems-

Software Design and

Implementation (2nd

Edition)

Springer Verlag

New York 2004

2 Liu ML Distributed

Computing Principles

and Applications (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2004

3 Andrew S Tanenbaum

Maartenvan Steen Distributed Systems

ndash Principles and Paradigms (4

th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia

2002

4 Mugesh Singhal

Niranjan G Shivaratri Advanced Concepts

in Operating Systems (5

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE05 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the fundamental concepts of Multimedia To study the multimedia concepts and various Applications To enable the students to develop their creativity

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION AND QOS

Introduction ndash QOS Requirements and Constraints ndash Concepts ndash Resources ndash Establishment Phase ndash

Runtime Phase ndash Management Architectures

UNIT ndash II OPERATING SYSTEMS

Real-Time Processing ndash Scheduling ndash Interprocess Communication ndash Memory and Management ndash Server

Architecture ndash Disk Management

UNIT ndash III FILE SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS

Traditional and Multimedia File Systems ndash Caching Policy ndash Batching ndash Piggy backing ndash Ethernet ndash

Gigabit Ethernet ndash Token Ring ndash 100VG AnyLAN ndash Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) ndash ATM

Networks ndash MAN ndash WAN

UNIT ndash IV COMMUNICATION

Transport Subsystem ndash Protocol Support for QOS ndash Transport of Multimedia ndash Computer

Supported Cooperative Work ndash Architecture ndash Session Management ndash MBone Applications

UNIT ndash V SYNCHRONIZATION

Synchronization in Multimedia Systems ndash Presentation ndash Synchronization Types ndash Multimedia

Synchronization Methods ndash Case Studies ndash MHEG ndash MODE ndash ACME

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Multimedia Systems (1

st Edition)

Springer New

York 2004

2 Rao K R

Bojkovic Zoran S

Milovanovic

Dragorad A

Multimedia

Communication

Systems Techniques

Standards and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Media Coding and

Content Processing (3

rd Edition)

Prentice hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Vaughan T Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2000

3 Mark JB Sandra

KM Multimedia

Applications

Development using

DVI Technology (4

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2004

4 Rao K R Zoran

S Bojkovic

Dragorad A

Milovacovic D A

Milovacovic Ze ndash Nian Li and

Mark S Drew

Fundamentals of

Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Pearson education

Asia

2004

12PMECSE06 XML AND WEB SERVICES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the basic concepts of web services To study the XML techniques in real time application To study the security feature in web application

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Role Of XML ndash XML and The Web ndash XML Language Basics ndash SOAP ndash Web Services ndash Revolutions Of

XML ndash Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)

UNIT ndash II XML TECHNOLOGY

XML ndash Name Spaces ndash Structuring With Schemas and DTD ndash Presentation Techniques ndash Transformation

ndash XML Infrastructure

UNIT ndash III SOAP

Overview Of SOAP ndash HTTP ndash XML ndash RPC ndash SOAP Protocol ndash Message Structure ndash Intermediaries ndash

Actors ndash Design Patterns And Faults ndash SOAP With Attachments

UNIT ndash IV WEB SERVICES

Overview ndash Architecture ndash Key Technologies ndash UDDI ndash WSDL ndash ebXML ndash SOAP And

Web Services In E ndash Com ndash Overview Of NET And J2EE

UNIT ndash V XML SECURITY

Security Overview ndash Canonicalization ndash XML Security Framework ndash XML Encryption ndash

XML Digital Signature ndash XKMS Structure ndash Guidelines For Signing XML Documents ndash

XML In Practice

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Frank P Coyle XML Web Services And

The Data Revolution (2

nd Edition)

Pearson

Education

Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ramesh Nagappan

Robert Skoczylas

and Rima Patel

Sriganesh

Developing Java Web

Services (4th Edition)

Wiley Publishing

Inc New York 2004

2 Sandeep Chatterjee

James Webber Developing Enterprise Web

Services (4th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia 2004

3 McGovern et al Java Web Services

Architecture (3rd

Edition) Morgan

Kaufmann

Publishers New

Delhi

2005

12PMECSE07 BIO INFORMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the importance of Bio Informatics among the students

To study the relationship between Data mining with Bio informatics

To simulate the Biological tools using softwares

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

The Central Dogma ndash Killer Application ndash Parallel Universes ndash Watsonrsquos Definition ndash Top Down Vs

Bottom Up Approach ndash Information Flow ndash Conversance ndash Communications

UNIT ndash II DATABASE AND NETWORKS

Definition ndash Data Management ndash Data Life Cycle ndash Database Technology ndash Interfaces ndash Implementation

ndash Networks Communication Models ndash Transmission Technology ndash Protocols ndash Bandwidth ndash Topology ndash

Contents ndash Security ndash Ownership ndash Implementation

UNIT ndash III SEARCH ENGINES AND DATA VISUALIZATION

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE05 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the fundamental concepts of Multimedia To study the multimedia concepts and various Applications To enable the students to develop their creativity

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION AND QOS

Introduction ndash QOS Requirements and Constraints ndash Concepts ndash Resources ndash Establishment Phase ndash

Runtime Phase ndash Management Architectures

UNIT ndash II OPERATING SYSTEMS

Real-Time Processing ndash Scheduling ndash Interprocess Communication ndash Memory and Management ndash Server

Architecture ndash Disk Management

UNIT ndash III FILE SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS

Traditional and Multimedia File Systems ndash Caching Policy ndash Batching ndash Piggy backing ndash Ethernet ndash

Gigabit Ethernet ndash Token Ring ndash 100VG AnyLAN ndash Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) ndash ATM

Networks ndash MAN ndash WAN

UNIT ndash IV COMMUNICATION

Transport Subsystem ndash Protocol Support for QOS ndash Transport of Multimedia ndash Computer

Supported Cooperative Work ndash Architecture ndash Session Management ndash MBone Applications

UNIT ndash V SYNCHRONIZATION

Synchronization in Multimedia Systems ndash Presentation ndash Synchronization Types ndash Multimedia

Synchronization Methods ndash Case Studies ndash MHEG ndash MODE ndash ACME

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Multimedia Systems (1

st Edition)

Springer New

York 2004

2 Rao K R

Bojkovic Zoran S

Milovanovic

Dragorad A

Multimedia

Communication

Systems Techniques

Standards and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Media Coding and

Content Processing (3

rd Edition)

Prentice hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Vaughan T Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2000

3 Mark JB Sandra

KM Multimedia

Applications

Development using

DVI Technology (4

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2004

4 Rao K R Zoran

S Bojkovic

Dragorad A

Milovacovic D A

Milovacovic Ze ndash Nian Li and

Mark S Drew

Fundamentals of

Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Pearson education

Asia

2004

12PMECSE06 XML AND WEB SERVICES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the basic concepts of web services To study the XML techniques in real time application To study the security feature in web application

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Role Of XML ndash XML and The Web ndash XML Language Basics ndash SOAP ndash Web Services ndash Revolutions Of

XML ndash Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)

UNIT ndash II XML TECHNOLOGY

XML ndash Name Spaces ndash Structuring With Schemas and DTD ndash Presentation Techniques ndash Transformation

ndash XML Infrastructure

UNIT ndash III SOAP

Overview Of SOAP ndash HTTP ndash XML ndash RPC ndash SOAP Protocol ndash Message Structure ndash Intermediaries ndash

Actors ndash Design Patterns And Faults ndash SOAP With Attachments

UNIT ndash IV WEB SERVICES

Overview ndash Architecture ndash Key Technologies ndash UDDI ndash WSDL ndash ebXML ndash SOAP And

Web Services In E ndash Com ndash Overview Of NET And J2EE

UNIT ndash V XML SECURITY

Security Overview ndash Canonicalization ndash XML Security Framework ndash XML Encryption ndash

XML Digital Signature ndash XKMS Structure ndash Guidelines For Signing XML Documents ndash

XML In Practice

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Frank P Coyle XML Web Services And

The Data Revolution (2

nd Edition)

Pearson

Education

Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ramesh Nagappan

Robert Skoczylas

and Rima Patel

Sriganesh

Developing Java Web

Services (4th Edition)

Wiley Publishing

Inc New York 2004

2 Sandeep Chatterjee

James Webber Developing Enterprise Web

Services (4th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia 2004

3 McGovern et al Java Web Services

Architecture (3rd

Edition) Morgan

Kaufmann

Publishers New

Delhi

2005

12PMECSE07 BIO INFORMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the importance of Bio Informatics among the students

To study the relationship between Data mining with Bio informatics

To simulate the Biological tools using softwares

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

The Central Dogma ndash Killer Application ndash Parallel Universes ndash Watsonrsquos Definition ndash Top Down Vs

Bottom Up Approach ndash Information Flow ndash Conversance ndash Communications

UNIT ndash II DATABASE AND NETWORKS

Definition ndash Data Management ndash Data Life Cycle ndash Database Technology ndash Interfaces ndash Implementation

ndash Networks Communication Models ndash Transmission Technology ndash Protocols ndash Bandwidth ndash Topology ndash

Contents ndash Security ndash Ownership ndash Implementation

UNIT ndash III SEARCH ENGINES AND DATA VISUALIZATION

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

Synchronization in Multimedia Systems ndash Presentation ndash Synchronization Types ndash Multimedia

Synchronization Methods ndash Case Studies ndash MHEG ndash MODE ndash ACME

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Multimedia Systems (1

st Edition)

Springer New

York 2004

2 Rao K R

Bojkovic Zoran S

Milovanovic

Dragorad A

Multimedia

Communication

Systems Techniques

Standards and

Networks (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ralf Steinmetz and

Klara Nahrstedt Media Coding and

Content Processing (3

rd Edition)

Prentice hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Vaughan T Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2000

3 Mark JB Sandra

KM Multimedia

Applications

Development using

DVI Technology (4

th Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2004

4 Rao K R Zoran

S Bojkovic

Dragorad A

Milovacovic D A

Milovacovic Ze ndash Nian Li and

Mark S Drew

Fundamentals of

Multimedia (2

nd Edition)

Pearson education

Asia

2004

12PMECSE06 XML AND WEB SERVICES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the basic concepts of web services To study the XML techniques in real time application To study the security feature in web application

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Role Of XML ndash XML and The Web ndash XML Language Basics ndash SOAP ndash Web Services ndash Revolutions Of

XML ndash Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)

UNIT ndash II XML TECHNOLOGY

XML ndash Name Spaces ndash Structuring With Schemas and DTD ndash Presentation Techniques ndash Transformation

ndash XML Infrastructure

UNIT ndash III SOAP

Overview Of SOAP ndash HTTP ndash XML ndash RPC ndash SOAP Protocol ndash Message Structure ndash Intermediaries ndash

Actors ndash Design Patterns And Faults ndash SOAP With Attachments

UNIT ndash IV WEB SERVICES

Overview ndash Architecture ndash Key Technologies ndash UDDI ndash WSDL ndash ebXML ndash SOAP And

Web Services In E ndash Com ndash Overview Of NET And J2EE

UNIT ndash V XML SECURITY

Security Overview ndash Canonicalization ndash XML Security Framework ndash XML Encryption ndash

XML Digital Signature ndash XKMS Structure ndash Guidelines For Signing XML Documents ndash

XML In Practice

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Frank P Coyle XML Web Services And

The Data Revolution (2

nd Edition)

Pearson

Education

Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ramesh Nagappan

Robert Skoczylas

and Rima Patel

Sriganesh

Developing Java Web

Services (4th Edition)

Wiley Publishing

Inc New York 2004

2 Sandeep Chatterjee

James Webber Developing Enterprise Web

Services (4th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia 2004

3 McGovern et al Java Web Services

Architecture (3rd

Edition) Morgan

Kaufmann

Publishers New

Delhi

2005

12PMECSE07 BIO INFORMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the importance of Bio Informatics among the students

To study the relationship between Data mining with Bio informatics

To simulate the Biological tools using softwares

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

The Central Dogma ndash Killer Application ndash Parallel Universes ndash Watsonrsquos Definition ndash Top Down Vs

Bottom Up Approach ndash Information Flow ndash Conversance ndash Communications

UNIT ndash II DATABASE AND NETWORKS

Definition ndash Data Management ndash Data Life Cycle ndash Database Technology ndash Interfaces ndash Implementation

ndash Networks Communication Models ndash Transmission Technology ndash Protocols ndash Bandwidth ndash Topology ndash

Contents ndash Security ndash Ownership ndash Implementation

UNIT ndash III SEARCH ENGINES AND DATA VISUALIZATION

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE06 XML AND WEB SERVICES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To impart the basic concepts of web services To study the XML techniques in real time application To study the security feature in web application

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Role Of XML ndash XML and The Web ndash XML Language Basics ndash SOAP ndash Web Services ndash Revolutions Of

XML ndash Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)

UNIT ndash II XML TECHNOLOGY

XML ndash Name Spaces ndash Structuring With Schemas and DTD ndash Presentation Techniques ndash Transformation

ndash XML Infrastructure

UNIT ndash III SOAP

Overview Of SOAP ndash HTTP ndash XML ndash RPC ndash SOAP Protocol ndash Message Structure ndash Intermediaries ndash

Actors ndash Design Patterns And Faults ndash SOAP With Attachments

UNIT ndash IV WEB SERVICES

Overview ndash Architecture ndash Key Technologies ndash UDDI ndash WSDL ndash ebXML ndash SOAP And

Web Services In E ndash Com ndash Overview Of NET And J2EE

UNIT ndash V XML SECURITY

Security Overview ndash Canonicalization ndash XML Security Framework ndash XML Encryption ndash

XML Digital Signature ndash XKMS Structure ndash Guidelines For Signing XML Documents ndash

XML In Practice

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Frank P Coyle XML Web Services And

The Data Revolution (2

nd Edition)

Pearson

Education

Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ramesh Nagappan

Robert Skoczylas

and Rima Patel

Sriganesh

Developing Java Web

Services (4th Edition)

Wiley Publishing

Inc New York 2004

2 Sandeep Chatterjee

James Webber Developing Enterprise Web

Services (4th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia 2004

3 McGovern et al Java Web Services

Architecture (3rd

Edition) Morgan

Kaufmann

Publishers New

Delhi

2005

12PMECSE07 BIO INFORMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the importance of Bio Informatics among the students

To study the relationship between Data mining with Bio informatics

To simulate the Biological tools using softwares

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

The Central Dogma ndash Killer Application ndash Parallel Universes ndash Watsonrsquos Definition ndash Top Down Vs

Bottom Up Approach ndash Information Flow ndash Conversance ndash Communications

UNIT ndash II DATABASE AND NETWORKS

Definition ndash Data Management ndash Data Life Cycle ndash Database Technology ndash Interfaces ndash Implementation

ndash Networks Communication Models ndash Transmission Technology ndash Protocols ndash Bandwidth ndash Topology ndash

Contents ndash Security ndash Ownership ndash Implementation

UNIT ndash III SEARCH ENGINES AND DATA VISUALIZATION

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

Overview ndash Architecture ndash Key Technologies ndash UDDI ndash WSDL ndash ebXML ndash SOAP And

Web Services In E ndash Com ndash Overview Of NET And J2EE

UNIT ndash V XML SECURITY

Security Overview ndash Canonicalization ndash XML Security Framework ndash XML Encryption ndash

XML Digital Signature ndash XKMS Structure ndash Guidelines For Signing XML Documents ndash

XML In Practice

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Frank P Coyle XML Web Services And

The Data Revolution (2

nd Edition)

Pearson

Education

Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ramesh Nagappan

Robert Skoczylas

and Rima Patel

Sriganesh

Developing Java Web

Services (4th Edition)

Wiley Publishing

Inc New York 2004

2 Sandeep Chatterjee

James Webber Developing Enterprise Web

Services (4th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia 2004

3 McGovern et al Java Web Services

Architecture (3rd

Edition) Morgan

Kaufmann

Publishers New

Delhi

2005

12PMECSE07 BIO INFORMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the importance of Bio Informatics among the students

To study the relationship between Data mining with Bio informatics

To simulate the Biological tools using softwares

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

The Central Dogma ndash Killer Application ndash Parallel Universes ndash Watsonrsquos Definition ndash Top Down Vs

Bottom Up Approach ndash Information Flow ndash Conversance ndash Communications

UNIT ndash II DATABASE AND NETWORKS

Definition ndash Data Management ndash Data Life Cycle ndash Database Technology ndash Interfaces ndash Implementation

ndash Networks Communication Models ndash Transmission Technology ndash Protocols ndash Bandwidth ndash Topology ndash

Contents ndash Security ndash Ownership ndash Implementation

UNIT ndash III SEARCH ENGINES AND DATA VISUALIZATION

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE07 BIO INFORMATICS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To study the importance of Bio Informatics among the students

To study the relationship between Data mining with Bio informatics

To simulate the Biological tools using softwares

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

The Central Dogma ndash Killer Application ndash Parallel Universes ndash Watsonrsquos Definition ndash Top Down Vs

Bottom Up Approach ndash Information Flow ndash Conversance ndash Communications

UNIT ndash II DATABASE AND NETWORKS

Definition ndash Data Management ndash Data Life Cycle ndash Database Technology ndash Interfaces ndash Implementation

ndash Networks Communication Models ndash Transmission Technology ndash Protocols ndash Bandwidth ndash Topology ndash

Contents ndash Security ndash Ownership ndash Implementation

UNIT ndash III SEARCH ENGINES AND DATA VISUALIZATION

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

Search Process ndash Technologies ndash Searching And Information Theory ndash Computational Methods ndash

Knowledge Management ndash Sequence Visualizations ndash Structure Visualizations ndash User Interfaces ndash

Animation Vs Simulation

UNIT ndash IV STATISTICS DATA MINING AND PATTERN MATCHING

Statistical Concepts ndash Micro Arrays ndash Imperfect Data ndash Basics ndash Quantifying ndash Randomness ndash Data

Analysis ndash Tools Selection ndash Alignment ndash Clustering ndash Classification ndash Data Mining Methods ndash

Technology ndash Infrastructure Pattern Recognition ndash Discovery ndash Machine Learning ndash Text Mining ndash

Pattern Matching Fundamentals ndash Dot Matrix Analysis ndash Substitution Matrix ndash Dynamic Programming ndash

Word Method ndash Bayesian Method ndash Multiple Sequence Alignment Tools

UNIT ndash V MODELING SIMULATION AND COLLABORATION

Drug Discovery Fundamentals ndash Protein Structure ndash System Biology Tools ndash Collaboration And

Communication ndash Standards ndash Issues ndash Case Study

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Bryan Bergeron Bio Informatics

Computing (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall

New York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Affward TK DJ

Parry Smith Introduction to Bio

Informatics (4

th Edition)

Pearson

Education Asia

2001

2 Pierre Baldi Soren

Brunak Bio Informatics ndash

The Machine

Learning Approach

(2nd Edition)

First East West

Press Moscow 2003

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE08 GRID COMPUTING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the technology application and tool kits for grid computing

To understand the basic concepts of grid computing

To know the application of grid computing

To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid computing

UNIT ndash I GRID COMPUTING

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

Introduction ndash Definition ndash Scope of grid computing

UNIT ndash II GRID COMPUTING INITIATIVES

Grid Computing Organizations and their roles ndash Grid Computing analog ndash Grid Computing road map

UNIT ndash III GRID COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Merging the Grid sources ndash Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture

UNIT ndash IV TECHNOLOGIES

OGSA ndash Sample use cases ndash OGSA platform components ndash OGSI ndash OGSA Basic Services

UNIT ndash V GRID COMPUTING TOOL KITS

Globus Toolkit ndash Architecture Programming model High level services ndash OGSI Net middleware

Solutions

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Joshy Joseph amp Craig

Fellenstein Grid Computing (4

th Edition)

PHI Asia 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ahmar Abbas Grid Computing A

Practical Guide to

technology and

Applications (2nd

Edition)

Charles River

media New York

2003

12PMECSE09 NETWORK SECURITY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the principles of encryption algorithms conventional and public

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

key cryptography To have a detailed knowledge about authentication hash

functions and application level security mechanisms To know the methods of conventional encryption To understand the concepts of public key encryption and number theory To know the network security tools and applications To understand the system level security used

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Attacks ndash Services ndash Mechanisms ndash Conventional Encryption ndash Classical And Modern

Techniques ndash Encryption Algorithms ndash Confidentiality

UNIT ndash II PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION

RSA ndash Elliptic Curve Cryptography ndash Number Theory Concepts

UNIT ndash III MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION

Hash Functions ndash Digest Functions ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authentication Protocols

UNIT ndash IV NETWORK SECURITY PRACTICE

Authentication Applications ndash Electronic Mail Security ndash IP Security ndash Web Security

UNIT ndash V SYSTEM SECURITY

Intruders ndash Viruses ndash Worms ndash Firewalls Design Principles ndash Trusted Systems

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stallings Cryptography amp Network

Security ndash Principles amp

Practice (3rd Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Bruce Schneier Applied Cryptography (2nd

Edition) Toha Wiley amp

Sons New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Man Young Rhee Internet Security (4

th

Edition) Wiley New York 2003

2 Pfleeger amp Pfleeger Security in Computing (3rd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2003

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE10 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To give sufficient background for undertaking embedded systems design

To introduce students to the embedded systems its hardware and software

To introduce devices and buses used for embedded networking

To explain programming concepts and embedded programming in C and C++

To explain real time operating systems inter-task communication and an exemplary

case of MUCOS ndash IIRTOS

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Definition and Classification ndash Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system ndash

Software embedded into the system ndash Exemplary Embedded Systems ndash Embedded Systems on a Chip

(SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits

UNIT ndash II DEVICES AND BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

IO Devices ndash Device IO Types and Examples ndash Synchronous ndash Iso ndash synchronous and Asynchronous

Communications from Serial Devices ndash Examples of Internal Serial ndash Communication Devices ndash UART

and HDLC ndash Parallel Port Devices ndash Sophisticated interfacing features in DevicesPorts ndash Timer and

Counting Devices ndash lsquo12Crsquo lsquoUSBrsquo lsquoCANrsquo and advanced IO Serial high speed buses ndash ISA PCI PCI ndash

X cPCI and advanced buses

UNIT ndash III EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING

Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs High Level Language ndash C Program Elements Macros and

functions ndash Use of Pointers ndash NULL Pointers ndash Use of Function Calls ndash Multiple function calls in a

Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers ndash Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues

Pointers ndash Concepts of EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING in C++ ndash Objected Oriented Programming ndash

Embedded Programming in C++ lsquoCrsquo Program compilers ndash Cross compiler ndash Optimization of memory

codes

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

UNIT ndash IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 1

OS Services ndash Interrupt Routines Handling Task scheduling models ndash Handling of task scheduling and

latency and deadlines as performance metrics ndash Inter Process Communication And Synchronisation ndash

Shared data problem ndash Use of Semaphore(s) ndash Priority Inversion Problem and Deadlock Situations ndash Inter

Process Communications using Signals ndash Semaphore Flag or mutex as Resource key ndash Message Queues ndash

Mailboxes ndash Pipes ndash Virtual (Logical) Sockets ndash RPCs

UNIT ndash V REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS ndash PART ndash 2

Study of RTOS VxWorks ndash Basic Features ndash Task Management Library at the System ndash Library Header

File ndash VxWorks System Functions and System Tasks ndash Inter Process (Task) Communication Functions ndash

Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIP Network Using RTOS

Vxworks

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Rajkamal Embedded Systems

Architecture Programming

and Design(2nd

Edition)

TATA McGraw

Hill New Delhi 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 David ESimon An Embedded Software

Primer (2nd

Edition) Pearson Education

Asia 2000

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE11 DIGITAL IMAGING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic concepts of Digital image processing

To enable the students to analyze the details of image compression ans segmentataion

To make the students to understand image recognition and Interpretation

UNIT ndash I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Image formation Image transforms ndash fourier transforms Walsh Hadamard Discrete cosine Hotelling

transforms

UNIT ndash II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT amp RESTORATION

Histogram modification techniques ndash Image smoothening ndash Image Sharpening ndash Image Restoration ndash

Degradation Model ndash Noise models ndash Spatial filtering ndash Frequency domain filtering

UNIT ndash III IMAGE COMPRESSION amp SEGMENTATION

Compression Models ndash Elements of information theory ndash Error free Compression ndash Image segmentation

ndash Detection of discontinuities ndash Edge linking and boundary detection ndash Thresholding ndash Region based

segmentation ndash Morphology

UNIT ndash IV REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION

Representation schemes ndash Boundary descriptors ndash Regional descriptors ndash Relational Descriptors

UNIT ndash V OBJECT RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATION

Patterns and pattern classes ndash Decision ndash Theoretic methods ndash Structural methods

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 GonzalezRC amp

Woods RE Digital Image Processing

(2nd Edition) Pearson Education Asia

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Anil JainK Fundamentals of Digital

image Processing (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi 2002

2 Sid Ahmed Image Processing (5th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

York 2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE12 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce an integrated approach to software development incorporating quality

assurance technologies

To study the Software quality models

To study the Quality plan implementation and documentation

To understand the Quality measurement and metrics and CASE Tools

UNIT ndash I CONCEPTS

Concepts of Quality Control Quality Assurance Quality Management ndash Total Quality Management Cost

of Quality QC tools ndash 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools Other related topics ndash Business Process Re ndash

engineering ndash Zero Defect Six Sigma Quality Function Deployment Benchmarking Statistical process

control

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS

Software Engineering Principles Software Project Management Software Process Project and Product

Metrics Risk Management Software Quality Assurance Statistical Quality Assurance ndash Software

Reliability Muse Model Software Configuration Management Software Testing CASE (Computer

Aided Software Engineering)

UNIT ndash III QUALITY ASSURANCE MODELS

Models for Quality Assurance ndash ISO ndash 9000 ndash Series CMM SPICE Malcolm Baldrige Award

UNIT ndash IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE RELATED TOPICS

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

Software Process ndash Definition and implementation internal Auditing and Assessments Software testing

ndash Concepts Tools Reviews Inspections amp Walkthroughts P ndash CMM

UNIT ndash V FUTURE TRENDS

PSP and TSP CMMI OO Methodology Clean ndash room software engineering Defect injection and

prevention

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Roger Pressman Software Engineering (6

th

Edition) McGraw Hill New

Delhi 2005

2 Watts Humphery Managing Software Process (5

th Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip B Crosby Quality is Free The Art of

Making Quality Certain (2nd

Edition)

Mass Market New

York 2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE13 AD HOC NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To have a detailed knowledge about Adhoc Networks and its protocols

To know the different Adhoc Network protocol

To understand the concepts of multicast routing in Adhoc Networks

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction ndash Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology ndash The Electromagnetic Spectrum ndash

Radio Propagation Mechanisms ndash Characteristics of the Wireless Channel ndash IEEE 80211ab Standard ndash

Origin Of Ad hoc Packet Radio Networks ndash Technical Challenges ndash Architecture of PRNETs ndash

Components of Packet Radios ndash Ad hoc Wireless Networks ndashHeterogeneity in Mobile Devices ndash

Wireless Sensor Networks ndash Traffic Profiles ndash Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications ndash Types of

Mobile Host Movements ndash Challenges Facing Ad Hoc Mobile Networks ndash Ad hoc wireless Internet

UNIT ndash II AD HOC ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

Routing Protocols ndash Table ndash Driven Routing Protocols ndash Destination Sequenced Distance Vector

(DSDV) ndash Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP) ndash Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) ndash Source ndash

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

Initiated On ndash Demand Approaches ndash Ad Hoc On ndash Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) ndash

Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) ndash Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) ndash Signal Stability

Routing (SSR) ndash Location ndash Aided Routing (LAR) ndash Power ndash Aware Routing (PAR) ndash Zone Routing

Protocol (ZRP)

UNIT ndash III MULTICASTROUTING IN AD HOC NETWORKS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol ndash Operation of Multicast Routing

Protocols ndash An Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Classifications of

Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Tree ndash Based Multicast Routing Protocols ndash Mesh ndash Based Multicast

Routing Protocols ndash Summary of Tree ndash and Mesh ndash Based Protocols ndash Energy ndash Efficient Multicasting ndash

Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees ndash Application ndash Dependent Multicast Routing ndash

Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

UNIT ndash IV TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY PROTOCOLS

Introduction ndash Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Design

Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Transport Layer

Solutions ndash TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks ndash Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Network Security Requirements ndash Issues

and Challenges in Security Provisioning ndash Network Security Attacks ndash Key Management ndash Secure

Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

UNIT ndash V QoS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Introduction ndash Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classifications of

QoS Solutions ndash MAC Layer Solutions ndash Network Layer Solutions ndash QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc

Wireless Networks Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Introduction ndash Need for Energy

Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks ndash Classification of Energy Management Schemes ndash Battery

Management Schemes ndash Transmission Power Management Schemes ndash System Power Management

Schemes

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Siva Ram Murthy C

and ManojBS Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

Architectures and Protocols (2

nd Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Toh CK Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless

Networks Protocols and

Systems (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall PTR

New Delhi 2001

2 Charles E Perkins Ad Hoc Networking (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE14 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To serve as an introductory course to under graduate students with an emphasis on the

design aspects of Data Mining and Data Warehousing

To introduce the concept of data mining with in detail coverage of basic tasks metrics

issues and implication Core topics like classification clustering and association rules are

exhaustively dealt with

To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and

design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Relation To Statistics Databases ndash Data Mining Functionalities ndash Steps In Data Mining Process ndash

Architecture Of A Typical Data Mining Systems ndash Classification Of Data Mining Systems ndash Overview

Of Data Mining Techniques

UNIT ndash II DATA PREPROCESSING AND ASSOCIATION RULES

Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning Integration Transformation Reduction Discretization Concept

Hierarchies ndash Concept Description Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization ndash

Mining Association Rules In Large Databases

UNIT ndash III PREDICTIVE MODELING

Classification And Prediction Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction ndash Classification By

Decision Tree Induction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash Clusters

Analysis Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis ndash Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning

Methods ndash Hierarchical Methods

UNIT ndash IV DATA WAREHOUSING

Data Warehousing Components ndash Multi Dimensional Data Model ndash Data Warehouse Architecture ndash

Data Warehouse Implementation ndash ndash Mapping The Data Warehouse To Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

OLAP ndash Need ndash Categorization Of OLAP Tools

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

UNIT ndash V APPLICATIONS

Applications of Data Mining ndash Social Impacts Of Data Mining ndash Tools ndash An Introduction To DB Miner ndash

Case Studies ndash Mining WWW ndash Mining Text Database ndash Mining Spatial Databases

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Jiawei Han

Micheline Kamber Data Mining Concepts and

Techniques (4th Edition)

Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers New

York

2002

2 Alex Berson Stephen

J Smith Data Warehousing Data

Miningamp OLAP (2nd

Edition)

Tata McGraw ndash

Hill New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Usama MFayyad

Gregory Piatetsky ndash

Shapiro Padhrai

Smyth And

Ramasamy Uthurusamy

Advances In Knowledge

Discovery And Data

Mining(3rd

Edition)

The MIT Press

Calcutta 2004

2 Ralph Kimball The Data Warehouse Life

Cycle Toolkit (2nd

Edition) John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York 2004

3 Sean Kelly Data Warehousing In

Action (4th Edition)

John Wiley amp Sons

Inc New York

2004

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE15 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS

AND NETWORKS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the performance Evaluation Techniques

To study the fundamentals ofprobability and Queuing theory used for evaluating the

systems performance

To study the algorithm used in analysis of network performance

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Need for performance evaluation ndash Role of performance evaluation ndash performance evaluation Methods ndash

Performance Metrics and Evaluation Criteria ndash CPU and IO Architectures ndash Distributed and Network

Architectures ndash Secondary Storage ndash Topologies ndash Computer Architecture ndash Fundamental Concepts and

Performance Measures

UNIT ndash II PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

Scheduling Algorithms ndash Workloads ndash Random Variables ndash Probability Distributions ndash Densities ndash

Expectation ndash Stochastic Processes ndash Poisson Process ndash Birth ndash Death Process ndash Markov Process

UNIT ndash III QUEUING THEORY

Queuing Systems ndash Networks of Queues ndash Estimating Parameters and Distributions ndash Computational

Methods ndash Simulation Process ndash Time Control ndash Systems and Modeling

UNIT ndash IV PETRI NETS AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Petri Nets ndash Classical Petri Nets ndash Timed Petri Nets ndash Priority ndash based Petri Nets ndash Colored Petri Nets ndash

Generalized Petri Nets ndash Tool Selection ndash Validation of Results ndash Performance Metrics ndash Evaluation ndash

Multiple Server Computer System Analysis

UNIT ndash V ANALYSIS

OS Components ndash System Architecture ndash Workloads ndash Design ndash Simulation ndash Analysis ndash Database

System Performance ndash Computer Networks Components ndash Simulation Modelling of LAN

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Paul J Fortier

Howard E Michael Computer Systems

Performance Evaluation

and Prediction (4th Edition)

Elsvier Science

USA

2003

2 Thomas G

Robertazzi Computer Networks and

Systems Queing theory and Performance Evaluation

(3rd Edition)

Springer New

York 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Domenico Ferrari

Giuseppe Serazzi

Alexandro Zeijher

Measurement amp Tuning of

Computer Systems Prentice Hall Inc

New Delhi

2004

2 Michael FMories

and Paul FRoth Tools and techniques

Computer Performance Evaluation (4

th Edition)

Van Nostrand New

York

2000

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE16 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Artificial Intelligence aims at developing computer applications which encompasses

perception reasoning and learning and to provide an in-depth understanding of major

techniques used to simulate intelligence

To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence

To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence

To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve perception

reasoning and learning

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Definitions ndash Foundations ndash History ndash Intelligent Agents ndash Problem Solving ndash Searching ndash Heuristics ndash

Constraint Satisfaction Problems ndash Game playing

UNIT ndash II KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING

Logical Agents ndash First order logic ndash First Order Inference ndash Unification ndash Chaining ndash Resolution

Strategies ndash Knowledge Representation ndash Objects ndash Actions ndash Events

UNIT ndash III PLANNING AGENTS

Planning Problem ndash State Space Search ndash Partial Order Planning ndash Graphs ndash Nondeterministic Domains ndash

Conditional Planning ndash Continuous Planning ndash MultiAgent Planning

UNIT ndash IV AGENTS AND UNCERTAINITY

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

Acting under uncertainty ndash Probability Notation ndash Bayes Rule and use ndash Bayesian Networks ndash Other

Approaches ndash Time and Uncertainty ndash Temporal Models ndash Utility Theory ndash Decision Network ndash

Complex Decisions

UNIT ndash V HIGHER LEVEL AGENTS

Knowledge in Learning ndash Relevance Information ndash Statistical Learning Methods ndash Reinforcement

Learning ndash Communication ndash Formal Grammar ndash Augmented Grammars ndash Future of AI

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Stuart Russell and

Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence ndash A

Modern Approach (2nd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

2 Michael Wooldridge An Introduction to Multi

Agent System (4th Edition)

John Wiley New

York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Patrick Henry

Winston Artificial Intelligence (3

rd

Edition) AW New York 2002

2 NilsJNilsson Principles of Artificial

Intelligence (2nd

Edition) Narosa Publishing

House New Delhi 2000

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE17 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the basic visualization techniques

To study the basic principles of 2D and 3D Graphics

To study the fundamental concepts of virtual realization systems design

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Introduction to Visualisation ndash Principles of 2D amp 3D Computer Graphics ndash Models and Simulation

strategies

UNIT ndash II POPULAR TECHNIQUES

Surface Plots ndash City scopes ndash Fish eye views ndash Benediktine Space ndash Perspective walls ndash Cone trees and

Cam trees ndash Sphere Visualisation ndash Rooms ndash Emotical icons

UNIT ndash III ADVANCED TECHNIQUES

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

Self ndash Organising graphs ndash Spatial Data arrangements ndash Benediktine Cyberspace ndash Statistical Clustering

and Proximity measures ndash Hyper Structures ndash Human Centered Approaches ndash Information Cube

UNIT ndash IV VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS

Database Visualisation ndash Populated Information Terrains ndash Legibility enhancement ndash Hyper structure

Visualisation ndash Information Visualisation

UNIT ndash V SOFTWARE VISUALIZATION

Rapid Prototyping ndash Models for user interaction ndash Formal Specification of Software ndash DFD ndash Software

Architecture

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Chaomei Chan Information Visualisation

and Virtual Environment

(2nd

Edition)

Springer ndashVerlag

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 BenediktM Cyberspace First Steps (3

rd

Edition) MIT Press New

Delhi 2004

2 Pauline Wills Visualisation A Beginners

Guide (5th Edition)

Hodder amp

Stoughton New

Delhi

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

3 Sheryl A Sorby exal 3D Visualisation for

Engineering Graphics (3rd

Edition)

Prentice Hall New

Delhi 2002

12PMECSE18 ADVANCED DATABASES

INTENDED OUTCOMES

Advanced database aims at developing computer application with different kinds of data

models It is also deals with the Transaction management of these different databases

To study the needs of different databases

To understand about different data models that can be used for these databases

To make the students to get familiarized with transaction management of the database

To develop in-depth knowledge about web and intelligent database

UNIT ndash I DATABASE MANAGEMENT

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

Relational Data Model ndash SQL ndash Database Design ndash Entity ndash Relationship Model ndash Relational

Normalization ndash Embedded SQL ndash Dynamic SQL ndash JDBC ndash ODBC

UNIT ndash II ADVANCED DATABASES

Object Databases ndash Conceptual Object Data Model ndash XML and Web Data ndash XML Schema ndash Distributed

Data bases ndash OLAP and Data Mining ndash ROLAP and MOLAP

UNIT ndash III QUERY AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING

Query Processing Basics ndash Heuristic Optimization ndash Cost Size Estimation ndash Models of Transactions ndash

Architecture ndash Transaction Processing in a Centralized and Distributed System ndash TP Monitor

UNIT ndash IV IMPLEMENTING AND ISOLATION

Schedules ndash Concurrency Control ndash Objects and Semantic Commutativity ndash Locking ndash Crash Abort and

Media Failure ndash Recovery ndash Atomic Termination ndash Distributed Deadlock ndash Global Serialization ndash

Replicated Databases ndash Distributed Transactions in Real World

UNIT ndash V DATABASE DESIGN ISSUES

Security ndash Encryption ndash Digital Signatures ndash Authorization ndash Authenticated RPC ndash Integrity ndash

Consistency ndash Database Tuning ndash Optimization and Research Issues

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Elmasri R and SB

Navathe Fundamentals of Database

Systems (3rd Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2004

2 Abraham

Silberschatz Henry

F Korth

SSudharsan

Database System Concepts (4thEdition)

Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Philip M Lewis

Arthur Bernstein

Michael Kifer

Databases and Transaction Processing An Application

ndash Oriented Approach(2nd

Edition)

Addison ndash Wesley

New York 2002

2 Raghu Ramakrishnan

amp Johannes Gehrke Database Management

Systems (3rd Edition)

TMH New Delhi 2003

12PMECSE19 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To build knowledge on software project management

To provide a strong foundation on concept of software process

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

To understand the software management disciplines

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Conventional Software Management ndash Evolution of Software Economics ndash Improving Software

Economics ndash Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management

UNIT ndash II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK

Lifecycle Phases ndash Artifacts of the Process ndash Model Based Software Architectures ndash Workflows of the

Process ndash Checkpoints of the Process

UNIT ndash III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES

Iterative Process Planning ndash Organisation and Responsibilities ndash Process Automation ndash Process Control

and Process Instrumentation ndash Tailoring the Process

UNIT ndash IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS

Data Gathering and Analysis Principles of Data Gathering Data Gathering Process Software Measures

Data Analysis ndash Managing Software Quality ndash Defect Prevention

UNIT ndash V CASE STUDIES

COCOMO Cost Estimation Model ndash Change Metrics ndash CCPDS ndash R

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Walker Royce Software Project

Management ndash A Unified

Framework (5th Edition)

Pearson Education

Asia 2004

2 Bob Hughes

Mikecotterell Software Project

Management (3rd Edition) Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Humphrey Watts Managing the software

process (3rd

Edition) Addison Wesley

New York 2001

2 Ramesh

Gopalaswamy Managing Global Projects

(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2001

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE20 COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGY

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To introduce different software components and their application

Introduces in depth JAVA Corba and Net Components

Deals with Fundamental properties of components technology and architecture and

middleware

Component Frameworks and Development are covered in depth

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

Software Components ndash objects ndash fundamental properties of Component technology ndash modules ndash

interfaces ndash callbacks ndash directory services ndash component architecture ndash components and middleware

UNIT ndash II JAVA COMPONENT TECHNOLOGIES

Threads ndash Java Beans ndash Events and connections ndash properties ndash introspection ndash JAR files ndash reflection ndash

object serialization ndash Enterprise Java Beans ndash Distributed Object models ndash RMI and RMI ndash IIOP

UNIT ndash III CORBA TECHNOLOGIES

Java and CORBA ndash Interface Definition language ndash Object Request Broker ndash system object model ndash

portable object adapter ndash CORBA services ndash CORBA component model ndash containers ndash Application server

ndash model driven architecture

UNIT ndash IV COM AND NET TECHNOLOGIES

COM ndash Distributed COM ndash object reuse ndash interfaces and versioning ndash dispatch interfaces ndash connectable

objects ndash OLE containers and servers ndash Active X controls ndash NET components ndash assemblies ndash appdomains

ndash contexts ndash reflection ndash remoting

UNIT ndash V COMPONENT FRAMEWORKS AND DEVELOPMENT

Connectors ndash contexts ndash EJB containers ndash CLR contexts and channels ndash Black Box component framework

ndash directory objects ndash cross ndash development environment ndash component ndash oriented programming ndash

Component design and implementation tools ndash testing tools ndash assembly tools

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Clemens Szyperski Component Software

Beyond Object ndash Oriented

Programming (2nd Edition)

Addison Wesley

New York 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Ed Roman Enterprise Java Beans (3rd

Edition) Wiley New York 2004

2 Andreas Vogel Keith

Duddy Java Programming with

CORBA (3rd

Edition) John Wiley amp

Sons New York 2001

3 Corry Mayfield

Cadman COMDCOM Primer Plus (1st Edition)

Tec media New

Delhi 2004

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE21 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To understand the content and successfully complete this course a student must have an

understanding of computers operating systems networking and databases Experience in

specific segments of storage infrastructure would also be helpful to fully assimilate the

course material

To evaluate storage architectures including storage subsystems DAS SAN NAS CAS

To define backup recovery disaster recovery business continuity and replication

To examine emerging technologies including IP-SAN

To understand logical and physical components of a storage infrastructure

To identify components of managing and monitoring the data center

To define information security and identify different storage virtualization technologies

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION TO STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a businessndash

challenges in data storage and data managementndash Solutions available for data storagendash Core elements of a

data center infrastructurendash role of each element in supporting business activities

UNIT ndash II STORAGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE

Hardware and software components of the host environmentndash Key protocols and concepts used by each

component ndashPhysical and logical components of a connectivity environment ndashMajor physical components

of a disk drive and their functionndash logical constructs of a physical diskndash access characteristicsndash and

performance Implicationsndash Concept of RAID and its components ndash Different RAID levels and their

suitability for different application environments RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 3 RAID 4 RAID 5 RAID

0+1 RAID 1+0 RAID 6ndash Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems ndashHigh ndash level

architecture and working of an intelligent storage system

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

UNIT ndash III INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKED STORAGE

Evolution of networked storagendash Architecturendash componentsndash and topologies of FC ndash SANndash NASndash and IP

ndash SAN ndash Benefits of the different networked storage optionsndash Understand the need for long ndash term

archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need ndash Understand the appropriateness of the

different networked storage options for different application environments

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

UNIT ndash IV INFORMATION AVAILABILITY amp MONITORING amp MANAGING

DATACENTER

List reasons for plannedunplanned outages and the impact of downtimendash Impact of downtimendash

Differentiate between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) ndashRTO and RPOndash Identify

single points of failure in a storage infrastructure and list solutions to mitigate these failures ndash

Architecture of backuprecovery and the different backuprecovery topologies ndash replication technologies

and their role in ensuring information availability and business continuityndash Remote

replication technologies and their role in providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

Identify key areas to monitor in data centerndash Industry standards for data center monitoring and

managementndash Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructurendash Key

management tasks in a data center

UNIT ndash V SECURING STORAGE AND STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION

Information securityndash Critical security attributes for information systemsndash Storage security domainsndash List

and analyzes the common threats in each domainndash Virtualization technologiesndash block ndash level and file ndash

level virtualization technologies and processes

CASE STUDIES

The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual solutions

Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given sets of

criteria

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 EMC Corporation Information Storage

and Management (2

nd Edition)

Wiley ISBN

number

04702942134 New

York

2003

2 Robert Spalding Storage Networks

The Complete

Reference (3

rd Edition)

Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne

2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

Publications 1 Marc Farley Building Storage

Networks (2nd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

Osborne 2001

2 Meeta Gupta Storage Area Network

Fundamentals (3

rd Edition)

Pearson Education

Limited Asia

2002

12PMECSE22 ENTERPRISE JAVA (J2EE)

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide fundamental ideas on Java required to implement Real Time

Application

To enable the students to understand the concepts in Enterprise Java

By building sample applications the student will get experience and be ready for large-

scale projects

UNIT ndash I INTRODUCTION

J2EE and J2SE ndash The Birth of J2EE ndash Databases ndash The Maturing of Java ndash Java Beans and

Java Message Service ndash Why J2EE

J2EE Multi ndash Tier Architecture ndash J2EE Best Practices ndash J2EE Design Patterns and Frameworks

UNIT ndash II JAVA SERVER PAGES

J2EE FOUNDATION ndash Java servlets ndash Java Server Pages

UNIT ndash III JAVA INTERFACES

Enterprise JavaBeans ndash JavaMail API ndash Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA

UNIT ndash IV JAVA RMI AND SECURITY

Java Remote Method Invocation ndash Java Message Service ndash Security ndash Java Naming and

Directory Interface API

UNIT ndash V WEBSERVICES

WEB SERVICES ndash SOAP ndash Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) ndash

Electronic Business XML ndash The Java API for XML Registries (JAXR) ndash Web Services

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

Description Language (WSDL)

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB (2nd

Editon)

New Riders

Publishing New

Delhi

2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 James Keogh J2EE ndash The complete

Reference(3rd

Edition) Tata McGraw Hill

New Delhi 2002

2 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE EJB

JDBC JSP and Servlets (2

nd Edition)

Random House

New York

2002

12PMECSE23 JSP AND SERVLET

INTENDED OUTCOMES

To provide the knowledge of advance Java among the students

To enable the students to have knowledge on real time application

UNIT ndash I SERVLET BASICS

HTTP Basics ndash Common Gateway Interface Programming ndash Servlet vs Common Gateway Interface ndash

Servlet Architecture ndash Simple Java servletndash Anatomy of Java servletndashDeployment Descriptor ndash Reading

Data from a clientndash Reading HTTP Request Headers ndash Sending Data to a Client and writing the HTTP

Response Headerndash Working with Cookiesndash Tracking Sessions

UNIT II JSP BASICS

JSP Overview ndash Setting up the JSP Environment ndash Common Navigation Bar ndash Dynamically Change the

Display of Common Navigation Elements ndash Login Systems Logic ndashCreate a Registration Form ndashValidate

Form Data ndashStore and Retrieve Session Data ndashForward a User from One JSP Page to Another ndashUpdate a

Database with User Data

UNIT III PERSONALIZATION AND SESSION MANAGEMENT

Plan a Personalization System ndashStore Data in a Cookie ndashRetrieve and Use Cookie Data ndashTest for Live

Session Data ndashDestroy a Sessionndash Error Handling and Debugging

UNIT IV DATABASE CONNECTION

Plan the Display of Dynamic Content ndashDisplay Database Results in Manageable Groups ndashEnable

Navigation for Long Record Setsndash Internationalization

UNIT V ENTERPRISE JAVA BEANS

Build a JavaBean that Creates a Database Connectionndash Build a JavaBean that Closes a Database

Connection ndashCreate a JavaBean that Updates the Database ndashUse JavaBean in JSP Page ndash Working with

XML Data ndash Working with Scripting Elements

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Marty Hall and Larry

Brown Core Servlets and Java

Server Pages Prentice hall 2004

2 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB

New Riders

Publishing 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE

EJB JDBC JSP and

Servlets

Random House 2002

12MECSE24 MAINFRAME

Unit I Evolution of Mainframe hardware (3 Hours)

Overview of Computer Architecture -Classification of Computers - micro mini mainframes and

super computer - Mainframe computer - key features - benefits - Evolution of Mainframes -

Different hardware systems

Unit II Mainframes OS and Terminology (4 Hours)

Operating systems on mainframes Batch processing vs online processing - mainframe operating

system - evolution - concepts of Address space Buffer management - Virtual storage - paging -

swapping - Dataset management in mainframes

Unit III zOS and its features (6 Hours)

Z-operating system (ZOS) - Virtual storage - Paging process - storage Managers - Program

execution modes - Address space - Multiple virtual system(MVS) MVS address space ZOS

address space - Dataset - sequential and partial dataset - Direct access storage device(DASD) -

Access methods - Record formats - Introduction to virtual storage access methods(VSAM) -

Catalog - VTOC

Unit IV Introduction to JCL (7 Hours)

Introduction to Job Control language - Job processing - structure of JCL statements - Various

statements in JCL - JOB statement - EXEC statement - DD statement - JCL procedures and IBM

utility programs

Unit V COBOL Programming 1 (5 Hours)

Introduction ndash History evolution and Features COBOL program Structure steps in executing

COBOL-Language Fundamentals ndash Divisions sections paragraphs sections sentences and

statements character set literals words figurative constants rules for forming user defined

words COBOL coding sheetData division ndash Data names level numbers PIC and VALUE

clause REDEIFNES RENAMES and USAGE clause-Procedure Division ndash Input Output verbs

INITIALIZE verb data movement verbs arithmetic verbs sequence control verbs

Plan the Display of Dynamic Content ndashDisplay Database Results in Manageable Groups ndashEnable

Navigation for Long Record Setsndash Internationalization

UNIT V ENTERPRISE JAVA BEANS

Build a JavaBean that Creates a Database Connectionndash Build a JavaBean that Closes a Database

Connection ndashCreate a JavaBean that Updates the Database ndashUse JavaBean in JSP Page ndash Working with

XML Data ndash Working with Scripting Elements

TEXT BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Marty Hall and Larry

Brown Core Servlets and Java

Server Pages Prentice hall 2004

2 Budi Kurniawan Java for the Web with

Servlets JSP and EJB

New Riders

Publishing 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS

SNO Author(s) Name Title of the book Publisher Year of

Publication 1 Robert McGovern

and Stuart Charlton CodeNotes for J2EE

EJB JDBC JSP and

Servlets

Random House 2002

12MECSE24 MAINFRAME

Unit I Evolution of Mainframe hardware (3 Hours)

Overview of Computer Architecture -Classification of Computers - micro mini mainframes and

super computer - Mainframe computer - key features - benefits - Evolution of Mainframes -

Different hardware systems

Unit II Mainframes OS and Terminology (4 Hours)

Operating systems on mainframes Batch processing vs online processing - mainframe operating

system - evolution - concepts of Address space Buffer management - Virtual storage - paging -

swapping - Dataset management in mainframes

Unit III zOS and its features (6 Hours)

Z-operating system (ZOS) - Virtual storage - Paging process - storage Managers - Program

execution modes - Address space - Multiple virtual system(MVS) MVS address space ZOS

address space - Dataset - sequential and partial dataset - Direct access storage device(DASD) -

Access methods - Record formats - Introduction to virtual storage access methods(VSAM) -

Catalog - VTOC

Unit IV Introduction to JCL (7 Hours)

Introduction to Job Control language - Job processing - structure of JCL statements - Various

statements in JCL - JOB statement - EXEC statement - DD statement - JCL procedures and IBM

utility programs

Unit V COBOL Programming 1 (5 Hours)

Introduction ndash History evolution and Features COBOL program Structure steps in executing

COBOL-Language Fundamentals ndash Divisions sections paragraphs sections sentences and

statements character set literals words figurative constants rules for forming user defined

words COBOL coding sheetData division ndash Data names level numbers PIC and VALUE

clause REDEIFNES RENAMES and USAGE clause-Procedure Division ndash Input Output verbs

INITIALIZE verb data movement verbs arithmetic verbs sequence control verbs

12MECSE24 MAINFRAME

Unit I Evolution of Mainframe hardware (3 Hours)

Overview of Computer Architecture -Classification of Computers - micro mini mainframes and

super computer - Mainframe computer - key features - benefits - Evolution of Mainframes -

Different hardware systems

Unit II Mainframes OS and Terminology (4 Hours)

Operating systems on mainframes Batch processing vs online processing - mainframe operating

system - evolution - concepts of Address space Buffer management - Virtual storage - paging -

swapping - Dataset management in mainframes

Unit III zOS and its features (6 Hours)

Z-operating system (ZOS) - Virtual storage - Paging process - storage Managers - Program

execution modes - Address space - Multiple virtual system(MVS) MVS address space ZOS

address space - Dataset - sequential and partial dataset - Direct access storage device(DASD) -

Access methods - Record formats - Introduction to virtual storage access methods(VSAM) -

Catalog - VTOC

Unit IV Introduction to JCL (7 Hours)

Introduction to Job Control language - Job processing - structure of JCL statements - Various

statements in JCL - JOB statement - EXEC statement - DD statement - JCL procedures and IBM

utility programs

Unit V COBOL Programming 1 (5 Hours)

Introduction ndash History evolution and Features COBOL program Structure steps in executing

COBOL-Language Fundamentals ndash Divisions sections paragraphs sections sentences and

statements character set literals words figurative constants rules for forming user defined

words COBOL coding sheetData division ndash Data names level numbers PIC and VALUE

clause REDEIFNES RENAMES and USAGE clause-Procedure Division ndash Input Output verbs

INITIALIZE verb data movement verbs arithmetic verbs sequence control verbs